2-IM-RT

om
(
INSTRUCTION MANUAL

.c
•

...
MULTI-AMP®
PROTECTIVE RELAY TEST SETS

ls
for testing all types of protective relays

ua
an
tM
ar
ILLUSTRATED: MODEL SR-61A. ONE-PIECE UNIT
lP

The MULTI-AMPlP test instrument described in this manual contributes to the more
convenient and accurate field testing of protective relays.

Set-up time, accuracy, safety and a forward step in standa rd ization of testing procedures
ca

are among the many benefits.

The following sections describing the use of the MULTI-AM� relay test instrument
will enable the user to utilize it to its fullest extent. Refer to manufacturer's instruction
book for· the details of the specific device to be tested.
tri

It is recommended that this instruction m anual be read thoroughly before proceeding

with testing.
lec

NOTE: If the relay test set is not equipped with optional Current Actuator "C.A.", the
.. Curr. Act" pos ition of the "Timer Operation Selector'' switch is not operable.
.E

MODEL NO. ..... .... ?��-�-l

. A SERIAL NO.

Please refer to the above serial number when making inqu iri es regarding this equipment.
w

I"Uiti-amp
ww

(
4271 Bronze Way Dallas, Texas 75237 U.S.A. Telephone (214) 333·3201 TWX 910-861·9052

PART NO. 32eO PRINTED IN U.S.A.

ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c

(
om
 om
'

.c
FOREWORD

The MULT I-AMP t e st instrument describ ed in t hi s manual c ont ribut e s

t o t he more c onvenient and accurat e t e st ing o f c urrent and volt age
ac t ua t ed devic e s .

ls
S e t up t ime, ac curac y, safet y, and a forward s t ep in standardi zat ion
of r e lay t e s t ing are among t he many b enefit s .

ua
This manual pre s ent s detai led t e s t proc edur e s for t he c ommon t yp e s
o f pro t e c t ive r e lays . A s addit ional t e s t proc e dure s are deve loped,
t he y will b e added t o the manual . Copies of t he s e new proc edures

an
will b e avai lable upon requ e s t .

It i s sugge s t ed t hat the re lay engine er or t e c hnic ian using t he

MULT I- AMP t est equipment, refer t o t he relay manu fac tur e r's inst ruc t ion
b o o k for details c onc erning t he c harac t er i s t ic s or adjust ment s for

tM
t he p art ic ular relay under test .

The f o llowing pub licat ions may be c onsul t ed for t heory o f relay
operat ion and applicat ion: --
ar
1. " Applied Protect ive Re laying" ( S ilent Sent inal)
West inghouse Electric C orporat ion
Re lay- Ins trument Division
lP

Newark, New Jersey

2. " The Art and Sc ience o f Prot e c t ive R e lay ing11

ca

by C . Russell Mason, General Elec t r i c C ompany

pub lished by John Wiley and Sons, Inc . , New York, N . Y .

3. " Prot e c t ive Re lays - The ir Theory and Prac t ice"

by A . R . Van C . Warr ington, The Eng l i s h Elec tric C o . Ltd . ,
tri

Stafford, pub lis hed b y John Wiley & Sons, Inc . N�w York, N . Y .

4. " Elec tric Power Distribut ion for I du s t r ial Plan t s IEEE No . 1 41
n
lec

5. MULT I-AMP "The Elec trical Te s t er " , Vol . 2 , No . 1

"duPont Coordinat es, Test s Pro t ect ive R e lays"
by T . L. Bourbonnai s I I, E. I . duPont de Nemours & C o . Inc .
.E

6. MULTI-AMP "The Elec t r ical T e s t e r " , Vol . 7 , No . 2

"Effect o f Changing Short C ir c uit Dut y on R e lay Settlngs "
by F. P . Brightman

7. MULT I-AMP INSTITUTE Curr iculum

" Pr inc iples of Coordinat ion for Indus t r ial and C ommerc ial
w

Power Systems " .

ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c

(
(

om
 om
J

.c
ls
TABLE OF CONTENTS

ua
S e c t ion
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . .

SPEC IFICAT IONS . . . . • . . . . . • . • .

. . • . • • • . • • • • • •. • • • • • • • . • • . • . • • 1
C ab les - Input and Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

an
• • • • • . • • •

THEO RY OF O PERATION
General De s cr ip t ion • . • • • . • . . • • • • • • • • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • 2 1
Contro l Devi ce Func tion . . . . . • • . . • • • • • . . • • • . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2

tM
C urrent Metering C ircui t . . . . . . • • • • . � • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . .
Short Time Rat ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Use of Phas e Shifter & P has e Angle Meter • • • • . . • • . • . •

TESTING PROCEDURES - (Protec t i ve R el ays )

.

•
2
2
2
12
14
16
ar
Principle o f Op e ration • • • • . . • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • 3 1
Preparat ion for Relay Te s t ing • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • 3 4
Relay Ins p e c t ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7
lP

Overc urrent Re lays

C urrent Phase Balanc e - Wes t . CM, GE IJC • . • . • . • • • • • • • 3 20
Overcurrent - Wes t . C O, GE IAC • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • 3 12
Overc urrent - Complete Te s t • • • • • • . • • • . . • • • • . . . • • • . . • • 3 16
ca

Vol t age Contro lled Overcurrent -·we s t . COV . • . . . . . . • • • 3 29

Vo l tage Res t raint Ove rcurrent - GE IJCV . . . • . . . . . . . . . • 3 26

Vo l t age Re lays
tri

Undervo ltage - Wes t . CV, GE IAV • • • . . • . • . • • • . • . • . • . . . . 3 34

Ins t antaneous Undervo ltage - Wes t . SV, SV- 1, GE PJV . . 3 37
Phase S equence & Undervo ltage GE ICR • • . . • . . . • • . . . • • • • 3 39
lec

Reve rse Phase - We s t . CP • • • . . • . . • • . • . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . � • 3 39

D i f ferential Relays
Percentage - West . CA, GE IJD • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • . . . 3 43
P e rc entage - Wes t . CA-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 48
Percentage - We s t . CA-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 51
.E

Voltage - GE P'VD • • • . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • . . 3 55
Pilot Wire - GE CPD . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 58
Pilot Wire - We s t . HCB . • • . • . . . • . • • . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . 3 62
Trans former Different ial with Perc entage and
Harmoni c Res t raint - GE Type BDD • • . . . . . . • • • . . • . . • . . 3 64
w
ww

(
 om
TABLE OF CONTENTS ( CONT' D) Page 2
( r

.c
S ection Page

ls
D ire c t ional Relays
Overcurr e nt - Wes t. CR , GE IBC . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 68
Power - We s t. CW , GE I CW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 73

ua
Impedanc e - Reactance Relays
Los s o f EX c it ation - GE CEH-11• • • • • �................ 3 77
Dis tance Reactanc e - GE GCX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 84
Distance Reactance MHO - GE GCY . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 98

an
Distance Impedance - Wes t . HZ..................... 3 10 3
DC Relays
DC Auxilia,ry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . • . . . . • . . .• . • . . .• • • . . 3 ill

TESTING PROCEDURES - ( Other Devices)

tM
DC Target and Seal-In Units • • • • • • • • • !..• • • • • • • • • • • • • .. •
Insulation Resistance • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • ; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
4
1
3
ar
Motor Overload Relays
Heater Type Thermal (Typical Test s ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4
Thermal Overload - We st . BL-1, GE TMC. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6
lP

Rowan Magne tic Overload • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • · 4 9

C1rc u:1t Breakers
·

Multi-Pole Molded C as e C1rcu:1t Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . 4 10

S ingle-Pole Molded Cas e Circu:1t Breakers . . . . . . . . . . 4 12
ca

S E.RV'ICE DATA . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••• •• •• • •• • ••• • •• • • •• • •• 5 1

SCHEMATIC
5
tri

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

·ADDENDUM • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •••••• ••• •• ••• • • • • • •• • • • • • • �• 6

lec
.E
w
ww
 om
.c
...

TABLE OF CONTENTS RELAY TYPES

ls
-

Thi s t ab le lis t s alphab e t i cally b y t ype designation , relays c overed

ua
b y t e s t procedures in this ins tru c t ion manual .

� App li cation or Des c rip ti on Sec t i on Page

an
BOD GE-Harmoni c Res t rained Trans former Different ial 3 64

CA West.-Generat or/2 winding Trans former D i f ferent ial 3 43

CA- 5

CA-6 tM
West .-Generat or/2 winding Trans former D i f ferent ial

West.-Mult i-res t raint Bus /Trans fo rmer Different ial

3

3
48

51
ar
CEH- 1 1 GE-Los s of.Excitation ( Los s o f Fie ld ) . • • . . • . . • . . . . 3 77

CM West-Current Phase Balance . . . . . . . . • . . . • . . . • • . . . . . . 3 20

lP

CO West .-Induct ion Dis c. Over current . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 12

CCV West.-Volt age C ont ro l led Overcurrent . . . . . . . . . ..... 3 29

ca

CP Wes t.-Reverse Phase ( Three Phas e Undervoltage) . . . . 3 39

C PD GE-Pi lot Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • . . . . . . ....... 3 59

tri

CR West.-Directi onal Time Overc urrent . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 68

CV West . - Induct i on Disc Time Voltage . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 34

lec

CW West . -Power Direc t ional . . . . . . . . . . . • • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 73

GCX GE-Directional Dis t ance ( Reac tanc e ) Phase . . . . . . . .. 3 84

.E

GCY GE-Direc t ional Dis tance ( Mho ) Phase . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 3 98

HCB Wes t.-P i lot Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 3 62

..
HZ West.-3 Zone Di re c t i onal Impedance.. . . ............ 3 10 3
w
ww
 om
TABLE OF CONTENTS - RELAY TYPES (CONT'D ) Page 2 . ( \.)

.c
..
Application o r D e s cription Section Pag e

ls
IAC GE-Indu c tion Dis c Overcurrent • • • • • • . • • . • • • • • • • • • • . 3 12

IAV GE- Induction Dis c Voltage • 3 34

ua
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

IBC GE-Dire c t ional Overcurrent • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . 3 68

ICR GE-Phas e Sequence and 3 Phas e Undervoltage . . • • • • • • 3 39

an
ICW GE-Powe r Dire c t i onal . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • . • • • • . • 3 73

IJC GE-Current Phas e Balance • • • • • • • . • • • . • • . • • • • .• • • • • . 3 20

IJCV

IJD tM
GE-Vo ltage Res t raint Time Ove rcurrent •

GE-Percentage Differenti al •
• • • • • • • • • • •

• • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • •
3

3
26

43
ar
PJV GE- Ins t antane ous So lenoi d Vo ltage • • • • • • • • • , • • • • • • 3 37
.
PVD GE-High Impedance Volt age Operat ed Bus Different i al 3 55
lP

SV, We s t . -Inst antane ous Solenoid Vol tage . 37

SV- 1
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •
3 ,
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww

(
 A
6-SR-51
euttetln

U n ivers.al

om
- .� . ·
· ·

c
t v e R e l a y
Protect

.c
f

Test Set

ls
S R - 5 1 A
·

ua
Mod e

an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E

"
w

Model SR-51A
ww
 om
General Description

.c
Designed to reduce equipment set-up time, simplify test
procedures, and eliminate wiring errors introduced when inter­
connecting individual components, Multi-Amp Model SR-51A is
a self-contained, portable test set incorporating the necessary
outputs, control circuitry and instrumentation for testing the
"basic" single-phase, single-frequency protective relays.

ls
Designed for either field or shop use, this rugged test set is con­
structed to withstand the rigors of transporation as well as daily
field activity.

ua
Among its many outputs are two ac current sources. two ac
voltage sources, a de voltage source, a de current source and
a high voltage source for insulation tests. Of the two (2) de
outputs which are provided. one is used primarily for testing

an
de auxiliary relays and the other for testing de targets. opera­
tions indicators and seal-in units. Two (2) ac current sources
are provided for applications such as testing current unbal­
ance relays or the s lope of differential relays. Facilities are

tM
provided to utilize and independently adjust two outputs
simultaneously: and the test set includes several special test
circuits which greatly simplify test procedures and increase
efficiency.

1
ar
Built-in overload relay and fuses protect the test set from
damage due to overloads or short-circuits. The input line cord
and test leads supplied with each test set are all that is ..
needed for testing essentially all the "basic" protective relays. .
lP
ca

Common Test Applications

Relays: Overcurrent, percentage differential, current unbalance, directional overcurrent, thermal, overload, o ve r/u n der
voltage, timing, and ac and de auxiliary relays. When used in conjunction with a phase shifter such as Multi-Amp Model CS-
tri

78, the Model SR-51A would also be used in testing distance, impedance. mho, reverse power,loss of excitation, and other
relays which require control of the phase angle relationship.
O ther Applications: Circuit breakers rated up to 50 amperes, current and potential transformer ratios, am met er s .
·
lec

voltmeters.
Specifications
Rating: 1.0 kVA
Input Voltage (specify one}: 120 volts, 141 OR 240 volts, 141
Input Frequency (specify one}: 60 hertz OR 50 hertz
.E

Outputs:
No. 1 : Continuously adjustable through 4 ranges to meet a wide variety of test circuit impedance s
oQ-10 volts at 100 amperes
o 0-20 volts at 50 amperes
o 0-40 volts at 25 amperes
o 0-80 volts at 12.5 amperes
w

Overload (Intermittent} Capabilities of Output No. 1:

When the output voltage is sufficient to "push" higher than rated current through the 1 mpedance of the load
circuit, the test set may be overloaded for short durations as shown below. The overload capabilities are approx-
ww

imate si nce output values will vary with regulation.

Per Cent Rated Current Maximum Time-On Minimum Time-Off ( ·

100"/o 30 minutes 30 minutes

200"/o 3 minutes 8 minutes
300% 20 seconds 4 minutes
 No.2: Q-140 volts at 3 amperes ac
No.3: Q-150/300 volts at 0.5/0.25 amperes ac

om
'No . 4: 0 -8 volts at 5 amperes de for de current source in testing targets, operations indicators and seal-in units.
No.5: o�150/300 volts at 0.3/0.15 amperes de
No.6: 1200 volts, current limited to 5 milliamperes ac for insulation resistance tests.
No.7: 0 24 volts at 10 amperes ac for second current source when testing dual current coil relays.
-

No. 8: "Directional Element Test" (DET)- A special test circuit to apply a current and voltage which are exactly in phase to determine

.c
minimum pick-up of wattmeter elements of complex relays. Four calibrated values are provided as well as five extra positions
for special ranges.
No. 9: "Voltage Relay Test" (V. RLY.)- A special circuit for testing over or under or over/under voltage relays. Provides a "normal"
voltage holding circuit where the "normal" voltage is adjusted and held while the fault voltage is properly set. Switching to the
"Test" position applies the fault voltage and starts the timer simultaneously. Timer stops and voltage is de-energized when

ls
relay contacts close.

Instrumentation
1. Main AC Ammeter: A 4-inch square moving iron vane instrument with non-reflective glass, mirrored scale, knife

ua
edge pointer and pointer pre-set mechanism.
Scales: 5/10/25 amperes
Ranges: (switch selected): o-2.5/5/10/25/50/100/250/500 amperes ac
Accuracy: 1% of full scale
2. Secondary AC Am meter: A 4-inch square moving iron vane instrument with non-reflective glass, mirrored scale and

an
knife edge pointer.
Scales: 5/10 amperes
Ranges (switch selected): 0-5/10 amperes ac
Accuracy: 1% of full scale

3. DC Ammeter: A 4-inch

tM
square D'Arsonval movement instrument with non-reflective glass, mirrored scale and knife
edge pointer.
Scales: 0.5/5.0 amperes
Ranges (switch selected): 0.0.5/5.0 amperes de
Accuracy: 1% of full scale
ar
4. M ultl-functlon AC/DC M eter : A 4-inch square rectifier type instrument with non-reflective glass, mirrored scale and
knife edge pointer.
Scales: 15/30/75 volts ac or de; 10 megohms
Range s (switch selected): 0-1.5/7.5/15/30/75/150/300volts ac or de; 10 megohms
lP

Accuracy: 1% of full scale

5. So l i d-State D ig ital Timer: A specially designed Multi-Amp® solid-state digital timer is incorporated to measure
the elapsed time of the test in either seconds or cycles. It has extensive shielding and noise suppression circuitry to en­
sure accurate and reliable operation under the most demanding field conditions. Incorporating a crystal-controlled
ca

oscillator, accuracy of the timer is independent of the power line frequency. The readout display appears as con­
tinuous. solid, unbroken digits with no gaps between the segments to impair readibility. The high brightness to con­
trast ratio of the display ensures excellent readability even in high ambient light conditions, including direct sunlight.
The flat, planar design of the display allows a full 130° viewing angle without distortion.
tri

Display: .375-inch (9.53 mm) flat, planar characters using high intensity, gas-discharge technolog y.

Ranges (switch-selected):
(a) 0-9999.99 seconds
lec

(b) 0-999999 cycles

Accuracy: Seconds Mode:± least significant digit or 0.0025% of reading, whichever is greater. •

Cycles Mode: ± 1 Cycle

.E
w

��
ww

f
 om
Housing:
Test set is housed in a tough, heavy-duty formica �nclosuc:e with carrying handles on both top and ends and has a
removable, hinged protective cover. Available in either a one-piece enclosure, or fo I creased portability, in a
r n
two-piece enclosure with a single, multi-cond uc to r in terconnecting cable with appropriate plugs.

One-piece enclosure Model SR-51A Two.plece enclosure Model SR-51A-2PC

.c
Dimensions: 16'h"H, 22."W, 11"D Dimensions: 16'12"H, 14''W, 11"D Each
Net Weight 86 lbs. (39 kg.) Net Weight 43 lbs. (19.5kg.) and
48 lbs. (21.8 kg.)

ls
ua
an
Test Leads:
• One (1) pa i r No.6 welding cables with insulated alligator clips and spaded lug Part No. 1285
• Two (2) pair No. 18 utility leads Part No. 1282

tM
• One (1) pair continuity test leads Part No. 1283
• One (1) set of high-voltage test leads Part No. 1125
• One ( 1) 1 0-foot 3-conductor input lead Part No. 2708
• One ( 1) pair # 10, 20 feet long output leads Part No. 2040
ar
Standard Features:
• Provided with two instruction man"Uals each containing approximately 150 pages of detailed, step-by-step
procedures for testing protective relays as well as operating instructions for the test set. Manuals also include
maintenance instructions, schematic diagram and parts list.
\
lP

• High current outputs of the test set are obtained using standard 120-volt convenience outlet for input power. No ·

special high current power source required.

• Output control circuit permits momentary, "pulsed" application of output to avoid d amage or overheating of relay
when setting test current. Also. output is automatically de-ene rgized when relay u nder test stops timer.
ca

• Built-in overload and short circuit protection.

• Facilities to initiate the test set from a remote location.
• Facilities to utilize the test set's voltmeter to measure ext e rnal AC or DC voltages
• Continuity test circuit to indicate contact action.
• An auxiliary channel, completely independent of the main output channel is incorporated and may be fed from the
tri

common primary source or from an external phase shifter or frequency generator.

• Facilities are provided for efficient use of Multi-Amp accessory units such as the Model 1-3PH three-phase
synthesizer (shown below). as well as a phase shifter or frequ ency generator. For additional information on these
accessory models, please contact the factory.
lec
.E

Modei1-3PH
w

�
• - � (
ww

ftl�- :=:' •

t ! i: L
,
__ ,_.,:" -A.�·
For additional Information request bulletins, OS-FG, DS-3PH, DS-CS.

Copyright Multi-Amp Corporation. 1988 Printed in USA

 om
2 - 1

(
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

.c
MULTI-AMP relay test sets are portable, variable current and/or

ls
var i able voltage units suitable for testing and calibrating electri­

c al pro t e c tive or indicat ing device s . They are c ap able of testing

ua
all single phase protect ive relays t hat do not require a change in

fr e que n c y or a spe c i fied phase angle relationship between a voltage

an
and a current or between two currents or two voltages. They may

al s o be used to test any three phase protective relay that may be

tested one phase at a time.

tM
channel controlled independent of the
The test sets are dual channeled;

othe r . The main ..channel

each
ar
provide s test facilities for AC current actuated or AC voltage

actuated devices with a continuously variabl e output.

lP

The second or Auxiliary channel supplies continuously variable

outputs of AC or DC for current actuated or voltage actuated device�;

ca

provides special circuitry for testing undervoltage relays,

directional units, and, in addition, for performing an insulation

tri

resistance test on all p r otective r elays .

lec

A c c e s sories are available to be used in conjunction with the

MULTI-AMP relay test s ets when special fac ilit ie s are required:

a - c hange o r frequency
.E

b - a spec ified phase angl e relat ion ship between

two circuits

c - t hree phase voltage

w

Detailed descriptions of the controls are given in the follow­

ww

ing pages. The numbers() refer to those shown on Figure 1.

 om
(
·.J
...

.c
®®®® ®

ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca

� ------�����h-��
tri

® ---"ES!SI��
lec
.E
w

(
ww
 om
2 -· 3
C ONTROL DEVICE FUNC TIONS

.c
INITIATING SWITCH (1) Thi s switch serve s to start o perat ion

or the t e st set .

ls
120V SYNCH TERMINALS (2) 1 2 0 vo lt s i s pre sent on t he s e terminals

ua
whenever the unit is initiated . This

vo lt age may be used as a c ontro l s ource

t o init i ate an external unit such as

an
MULTI-AMP Mode l 1010/RB Reac tor Boo s t e r .
EXT . INITIATE JACK (3) C l o s ing a c ircuit plugged int o t hi s

tM j ac k will allow t he te s t s e t to b e

init iat ed from a remo te po s i tion .

ar
FUS E NO . 1 (4) This fuse prot e c t s t he ent ire unit .
"RELAY C ONTAC TS "
B INDING POS TS (5 ) The trip c ircuit c ontac t s o r the devic e
lP

under t e st are t o b e conne c t ed t o the s e

ca

pos t s .
" P OWER ON" LIGHT (6) This light indicat e s that t he main

swit ch is closed .
tri

CONTINUITY JACK (7) A 6 . 3 vol t c ircuit i s wired in se rie s

lec

C ONTINuiTY LIGHT ( 8) with a green light ( 8 ) so t hat cont act

act ion or relay under t e s t or c ircuit

c ont inuity can b e che c ked .

.E

POWER SWITC H (9) This i s the main input swi tch cont ro l l­

ing all power excep t t o t he " 1 2 0V "

out let ( 10 ) .
w

1 2 0V OUTLET ( 10 ) This convenienc e out le t i s ·wired dire c t -

ww

ly acro ss the line cord so that power

fo r auxiliaries s uch as troub le lights ,

e t c . is avai lab le whene ve r the t e s t uni t

i s plugged in .
 om
2 - 4

FUSE NO . 2 (11) This fus e pro t e c t s t h e cont rol r J

.c
_ _

transformer .

MAIN CONTROL KNOB( 12 ) Thi s knob cont rols the set t in g of t he

ls
main variable aut ot ransformer .

AUX • . POWER INT-EXT Select s energizing of s e cond c hannel

ua
SWITC H ( 13 )
of t e s t s e t from in ternal or ext e rn al

source .

an
AUX ILIARY POWER INPUT The se terminals are f or c onn e c t ing a
TERMINALS (14)
s e c ond s ource of p ower (not over 12 0

tM volt s ) from a phase shifter or fre quency

generat or so that relays requiring

ar
cont rol�of phas e relationship or f requencJ

may be t e s t ed .
lP

AUX ILIARY SELECTOR SWITCH This switch sele ct s the output t o b e

(15) ,
adj usted b y t h e auxiliary c ontrol ( 1 6 ) .
ca

In the �NIER" Position , the Auxiliary

Control acts as a fine adj ustment for

tri

the Main Control ( 12 ) .

AUX ILIARY-C ONTROL KNOB (1 6 ) Thi s knob c ontrols the s e t t in g of the

lec

auxiliary auto transf ormer t o c hange

t he magni tude of the output s ele c t ed by

the "Auxiliary Sel e c t o r " Swit c h .

.E

AC OUTPUT #3 TERMINALS( 17) Binding p o s t s where AC output a s s o c iat ed

l
with s e c ond channel of MULTI-AMP t e st

set is p i cked up .
w

DC RANGE SWITC H (1 8) This switch s ele c t s the range of t he DC

ww

Amm e ter (0 . 5A or SA ) .

DC OUTPUT TERMINAL S (19) Binding p o s t s where DC output s of MULTI­

AM P t e s t set are picked up .

 om
2 - 5

"PRESS T O TRIP DC " SWITC H T his switch ( NC Momentary Contac t )

(2 0 )
opens t he DC s up p ly .

.c
VOLTAGE RELAY TEST This swit ch is used when running timing
D . E . T . (Dire ctional
Element ) te s t s on v oltage re lay s or minimum
TEST SWITC H (21)

ls
p ickup of direc tional uni ts on dire c t-

ional overc urrent relay s .

ua
"SET NORM" Po s it ion - When used with

"Vo l tage Re lay Te s t " circuitry , this

an
p o s i t ion conn e c ts AC Out put #3 terminals

( 17 ) to output o f Channel 1 o f the

tM
test set.

"SET FAULT " Po s i tion - Switches volt-

met e r to output o f second channel of

ar
t e s t set while allowing AC Output #3
lP

terminal s o f te s t s e t t o re m ain con-

nec t e d t o outp ut o f Channel 1 of the

ca

t e s t s e t.

"TEST " Position - Conne c t s AC Output #3

tri

terminals t o output o f Channel 2 of

test set and s t art s t imer .

lec

Po s it ion # 1 through 4 are factory wired

with re s i s tors t o provide s p e c i fic value s

o f voltage and current at zero phase
.E

angle t o t e s t p i c kup o f dire ct ional

element .

Po s it ion 15 through 9 are left unwired

w

to permit addi t ion o f resistors to

ww

produce values common to the user's

system.
 om
' . . � ,......, ( J

.c
OUTPUT I l TERMINALS AC Output # l is available from the s e
22 and 24 ·. :",. .

t erminals and is adju s t ed by t he Main

Control 1n four (4 ) range s .

ls
ACCESSORY SOC KET (23) This socket i s connect ed to the 0 to

ua
140 volt , 3 amp output of the autotrans­
former-and can be used to supply a
soldering iron or s imilar acce s so ry.

an
EXTERNAL VOLTMETER These terminals enable the voltmeter
TERMINALS ( 25)
to be used for ext ernal voltage

PAM JACK ( 2 6 ) tM
measurement s .
This jack enables a phase angle meter
ar
current coil or external 5-amp e re
amm e ter to b e ins erted in se ries with
lP

the main amm e t er .

OUTPUT # l & OUTPUT #2 This switch makes available Output #1
(27)
ca

SWITCH
(Current) or Output # 2 (Volt age) from
Chann e l 1 of the t e s t set .
tri

OUTPUT #2 TERMINALS (28) AC Output # 2 is available from these

t erminals and is ad,tusted by the Main

lec

Control .
INSULATION RESISTANCE The s e jacks accept the high voltage
JACKS (29)
.E

t e s t leads provided with the unit .

MAIN AMMETER
. RANGE SWITCH This s witch select s the range of the
( 30)
main amm e t e r . The amm e ter range must
w

correspond to the appropriate Common

of Outp ut # 1 .
ww

(
AC RANGE SWITCH (3 1) This switch is an amme t er range switch .

( 5 or 10 ampere s)
 om
2 - 7

VOLT.METER SELECTOR By means of this switch, ·the voltmeter

SWITCH (32)
can be connected to any one of several

.c
output circuits.

VOLTMETER RANGE SWITCH This switch selects the voltage range

(33)

ls
for the voltmeter.

FUSE NO. 3 (34) This fuse protects the main autotrans-

ua
former.

FUSE NO. 4 (35) This fuse protects the auxil i a ry (VERNIER)

an
autotransformer.

TIMER ( 36) Measures elap sed time of test in cycles

tM
or seconds. Ranges (switch-selected):
(a) 0-999 . 99 seconds
(b) 0-999999 cycles

TIMER RESE T BUTTON (37) This push-button res·ets timer to zero.

ar
TIMER OPERATION SELECTOR The timer operation sel ec tor switch
SWITCH (38 & 39)
lP

(38 and 39) mounted immediately below

tne timer on the panel of the MULTI-A."'iP

ca

relay tester is a dual section switch.

Each section is controlled by a separate

tri

operating device. The first section of

the switch reads against the nomenclature

lec

below the switch. It has five positions

and is referred to below as the "LOWER"

switch (39). The second section is

.E

controlled by a knob. It also has five

positions and reads against the nomen-

clature above the switch. This switch

w

is referred to below as the "UPPER"

ww

switch (38). By proper selection of

positions, many varieties of tests can

b e run with the liDLTI-AMP relay tester.

 om
2 - 10
E. " N . C . MOM " (NormallY· C lo s ed Momentary) - The operat ion in ( i

.c
this posit ion is exact ly t he s ame as in "D " above except that
"

t he output will b e energized and the t imer will run only as

long as the init iat ing s w�tch is held depre s s ed .

ls
The s e lect ion of other pos i t ions on the " LOWER " s witch(39J will

ua
affect the operat ion of the relay t e s t er in the following manner :
F. �- In this pos it ion , the "Re lay Contact s " ( 5 ) b inding pos t s

an
are connect ed t o the "DC 8 " output of the t e s t s e t for conven­
ience in t e s t ing target and s eal-in unit s on relays . ( No t e
that t he Auxiliary Sel ector Switch ( 15 ) mus t be 1n " DC-8 "
pos it ion . )
tM
The t imer will not. run and closure of the contact s of the
ar
device under test will not de-energi z e the tes t set .
Only the pos itions " N.O . MOM" and "N . O . MAINT" o f the UPPER
lP

Switch (38) may be used for this pos it ion of the "LOWER"
ca

Switch ( 39) .
G. " CONT " ( Cont inuity) - In this pos it ion the "Relay Contact s "
binding pos t s ( 5 ) are connected to the 6 . 3 volt s cont inuity
tri

c ircuit of the test unit . Therefore , contact operat ions o f

lec

a re lay under t e st may b e ob s erved by watching the cont inuity

light .
H. "TIMER " - This operat ion has been de scribed above .
.E

I. " OFF " - With the "LOWER " switch ( 39) set to the OFF po s i t ion ,
the t imer motor and clutch are de-energized . l

J. " FAST TRIP " -.In this pos ition of the " LOWER" swi tch ( 39) , the
' .-'
w

operat ion of the t imer s e lector and init iat ing circui t s are
as follows :
ww

(
MU ST BE USED WITH " U P PER" SWITC H IN " N . O . MOM" P OSITION .
 om
2 - 11

With the Normally Open Contacts of the device under t e s t

connected to the "Re lay Contact s " ( 5) b inding pos t s , the

.c
unit may be init iat ed by depres s ing and holding the
Init iat ing Swit ch ( 1 ) . The c los ing or the cont act s of

ls
the device under tes t will stop the Timer ( 3 6 ) upon the ir
first c losure . The output of the MULTI-AM P test unit

ua
will cont inue as long.as the Init iat ing Swit ch is held
depres s ed . In thi s way , devices may b e tested whose

an
c ontact c losure occurs faster than the Init iat ing Swit ch
can be released .

tM WARNING!!!
IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT THE OUTPUT OF THE UNIT
ar
WILL CONTINUE UNTIL THE INITIATING SWITCH IS
RELEASED . THEREFORE , TO ·PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE
lP

DEVICE UNDER TEST , RELEASE INITIATE SWITCH (1)

AS SOON AS THE MAGNITUDE OF TEST CURRENT HAS
ca

BEEN DETERMINED .
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
 om
:J

( J

.c
CURRENT METERI NG C mCUIT (AMMETER)
.,

The main ammeter on the MULTI-AMP test set is equipped with

ls
an adjustable Pointer Stop or "Pointer Pre-Set", by means of which

ua
the ammeter pointer may be preset to any position on the scale and

held there with no current flowing through the meter. This is a

an
purely mechanical operation, easily accomplished by means of an

insulated knob on the meter front. It is used to overcome the

inertia of the moving system of the meter so that currents of

tM
short duration can be read or set accurately.

In use, the pointer is mechanica_J.,ly set approximately. 1/2 scale

ar
division below the desired current reading. The load is connect.ed,

the timer operation selector switch is placed in either "N.O. MOM"

lP

or "N.C. MOM" position, and the main power control is slowly rotated
ca

clockwise while the initiating switch is periodically pulsed.*

Some quivering of the pointer will be seen as the output current

approaches the pre-set value. In continuing to advance the Main

tri

Power Control, the meter pointer will 11ft off the "Pointer Pre-Set"
lec

to desired current.

*NOTE: DO NOT MOVE THE CONTROL WHILE CURRENT IN EXCESS OF THE TAP

RATING IS FLOWING.
.E

I-M-P-0-R-T-A-N-T l

ALWAYS l{AKE CERTAIN THAT THE AMMETER IS SET ON A

w

RANGE HIGH ENOUGH SO THE OUTPUT CURRENT WILL NOT

DRIVE THE POINTER OFF SCALE.

ww

NOTE: The ammeter position selected must be within the range of

the·"Common for Ammeter" tap selected.

 om
2 - 13
SELECTION OF OUTPUT TAPS
�

.c
The MULTI-AMP test s et may b e operated mos t advantage ous ly

by us ing the tap with t he Lowe st Voltage• rating c ons i s t ent with

b e ing ab le to obtain the desired current . In t his way , finer

ls
adj ustment c an be obt ained by making maximum use of the auto-

t rans former range . With a low impedance l oad , even smal l c urrent s

ua
may b e obt ained from the Low Voltage , High Current tap . When the

imp edance of t he load is too high to obtain the de s ired t e st current

an
with the low voltage tap , it b e comes ne c e s s ary to us e a higher

vo ltage tap .

tM
IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT THERE IS NO RELATION BETWEEN THE

AMM ETER RANGES AND THE CURRENT TAPS. ANY M1METER RANGE
ar
CAN BE USED ON ANY TAP.

Current tap s are p rovided to adap t t he test set output to a

lP

wide range of load imp edances .

Ammeter rang e s are p rovided to fac i lit ate more ac curate read­
ca

ing over a wider range of current value s •

.
tri

*When making a t im ing t e s t on an overc urrent relay , it is s uggested

that the 8 0 volt tap be us ed. Its use will tend to nul lify the
lec

effe c t of relay c ore s aturation . When the re lay is in good

adjustment, te st t ime ob tained w i l l match the relay manufacture r's

pub lished c urves w ithin allowab le toleranc es .

.E

{
w
ww
 om
2 - 14

.c
SHORT TIME RATING

The MULTI-AMP equipment is rated at a cert ain kva output and

i s e quippe d with one or more output taps each cap ab le of supplying

ls
t he rated kva . The total load kVa rat ing of the unit may b e

ua
exceeded a s noted be low .
The continuous rating 1n kVa is based on a 5 0% load factor or
l/2 hour FULL LOAD followed by l/2 hour at NO LOAD .

an
The MULTI-AMP test set can also be used for c ont inuous duty o f
1 0 0% ON provided the load curre nt i s limited t o 7 0 . 0% of the output
t ap value .
For Example: tM
Rat ing: 1 . 0 kva
ar
Output Taps: 10 volt s at ··laO ampere s or
20 volt s at 5 0 ampere s or
lP

40 volts at 2 5 ampere s or
80 volt s at 12 . 5 amperes
(a) Consider the 10 volt t ap . 100 amperes may b e drawn at any
ca

voltage from 0 to 10 volt s for l/2 hour p rovided a l/2 hour

NO LOAD condition pers ists before load is re-app lied .
tri

(b ) The 100 ampere tap may b e used to supply a cont inuous ( 10 0 %

. duty tact or ) load current or 10 . 7 ampere s ( 7 0 . 7% or tap value )
lec

at any voltage from 0 t o 10 volt s .

(c ) The 10 0 ampere tap may be used to supply the following load
.E

c urrent s tor the t ime ON indicated , followed by the indicated

·OFF period and at any voltage from 0 to maximum . The maximum
output voltage availab le when the rat ed current is exc eeded
w

( overload ) , will be le s s than the rated value due to the

regulation of the transformers in the tes t s et . For examp le ,
ww

when drawing 200 amperes from the 100 ampere tap, the maximum
volt age availab le is approximate ly 8 . 0 volt s .
 om
2 - 15

.c
ls
ua
*Continuous duty is defined as 30 minutes ON and 30 minutes OFF

an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
 om
2 - 16

USE OF PHASE SHIFTER AND PHASE ANGLE METER

.c
WITH MULTI-AMP Mode ls SR-21 and SR-51

The c omp lete te sting or c ertain relay s require s c ontrol o r t he

p ha s e re lationship between the two source s o r energy ut ilized in

ls
t he t e s t . To fac ilitat e testing o f the s e relays , provi s ions have
b e en made for c onne c t ing a Phase Shifter and Phase Angle Meter t o
t he MULTI-AMP re lay t e s t sets .

ua
PROCEDURE (Mode ls CS-5 or CS-6 )

1. Connect Phas e Shifter t o a suitab le input power source .

an
2. Connect Phase Shift er terminals marked " Phase Shi fter Output "
t o the "Aux . Power" input terminals on relay t e s t set . Ob serve
pol arity . Connect terminals marked "±" t o gether .

3.

tM
Plug in the te lephone t yp e plug into the " ·P . A . M . " j ack on re lay
t e st set . Connect the leads from the plug t o the Phase Shifter
terminals marked "Current Coil Input " . Ob serve po larity . C on­
nec t b lack lead t o t e rminal marked "±"
ar
4. Turn "Aux . Pwr." Switch on relay t e s t s et t o "EXT".

5. Turn "AUX . " Selector Swit ch on relay t e s t set to "AC3-2 4 " ,

lP

"AC3-15 0 " or AC3-3 0 0 .

6. Depending on voltage leve l required for t e s t , set vo ltme t er
s elec tor switch t o " AC3 " .
ca

1. The Phase Angle Me ter will now read the angle be tween " Output
#1 " and " AC Output #3 " o f the re lay test set . The Phase
Shifter may b e used to c hange t hi s angle t o any desired value .
tri

" Output #1 " is varied in magnitude by the "Main Cont rol " and
read on the "Main Amme t e r" . "AC Output 13 " is varied in
magnitude by t he "Aux . C ontro l " and read on the voltme t e r .
lec

NOTE : If two ( 2 ) current sourc e s are de sired with variable

phase re lat ionship and magnitude , the ab ove procedure
may b e used with t he "Aux . " Selector Switch s e t at
"AC3-2 4 " . The second current is read on the 5/ 10
amme ter .
.E

PROCEDURE (Model CS-7)

See Instruct ion Manual for MODEL CS-7 .
w
ww
 om
3 - 1
PROTECTIVE RELAYS
·.
Principle o f Operat ion

.c
Prot ect ive re lays are use d as s ens ing device s 1n a power circuit .
Their operat�on act ivate s a control circuit to e f fect operat ion or
a circuit b reake r ( s ) located 1n the power circuit . For the ir

ls
operat ion, practically all prot ect ive re lays emp loy e ithe r one or

ua
a comb inat ion o f two bas ic principle s :
a. Electromagnetic att raction

an
b. Electromagnet ic induct ion
When the electromagnet ic att rac t ion principle is emp loyed, the
protect ive re lay consists of an iron c ore surrounded by a coil o f

tM
wire , an armat ure o r plunger t o which is at tached a contact ( known
as the moving cont act s ince it moves as the armature or plunger
ar
moves ) , and a f ixed c ontact attached to the body of the relay .
These two contacts are c onnec t ed int o the circuit breake r trip
lP

coil circuit . The contac t s are maint ained in the ir de -energized

posit ion by ac t ion of a spring or gravity . When the magne tic fie ld
ca

is suf ficient ly st rong, the armat ure or p lunger move s and causes
a relay operat ion . This, in turn, energi zes a c ircuit through the
tri

t r ip c o il or the breaker and opens the breaker . Normally, the

operat ion o f this re lay has n£ int ent ional � de lay . The principle
lec

o f elect romagne t ic attract ion may be used equally we ll on e ither

AC or DC and it is respons ive to DC tran s ient o f fset .
.E

When the e lectromagnet ic induc t ion prin c iple is emp loyed, the
protective relay is essent ially a small induc t ion mot or and, the re­
fore , this relay may only be used on AC c ircuits . This type re l ay
w

c onsists of a f lat disc, cylinder or cup which is free to rotate,

an iron core surrounded by a coil of wire, a moving contac t attached
ww
 om
- 2
( )-
.3
t o t he shaft o r t he rot at ing element , and a fixed c ontact located

.c
-
in t he b ody or the relay . The rot at ing disc ( cylinder or cup ) is r

s us p ended b etween t he pole "piec e s o r the electromagnet and employs

ls
a s piral s pring t o return t he moving c ontact t o its d e-energiz ed

p o s it ion . As voltage is applied or current is pas s ed t hrough the

ua
electromagnet c oil , a magnet ic field is produc ed which develops a

t o rque on t he dis c . When the magnet ic field and res ultant torque

an
b e c omes s t rong enough t o overc ome frict ion in t he b earin gs and
t ension in the spiral s pring , t he dis c rotat e s moving a c ont act .

tM
Eventually , the moving and fixed c ontact s will make and energize

.
the t rip c oil or t he c ircuit breaker . When this is a s ingle phase

relay , s ome means or splitt ing t he phase·must be employed·so that

ar
a rot at ing magne t ic fie ld is produc ed . Thes e re lay s emp loy shading
c oils , p olarized c oils , wat tmetric princ iples or t uned c ircuit s .
lP

)
In s ome electromagnet ic induct ion relay s , t he distance t he moving
ca

c ontact travels may b e c ont ro lled; the s e relays provide a �

de layed op erat ion .
Prot ect ive relays may b e c onst ructed so that they respond to
tri

fault s 1n a specified sect ion o r a c ircuit ( perc entage different ial ) ,

lec

c hanges 1n c urrent flow ( overcurre�t ) , fluctuations 1n applied

volt.age ( over or under voltage ) , frequency changes ( over or under
frequency } . More s ophist icated prot ective relays may dist inguish
.E

b etween allowab le overloads and fault s on a c ircuit or they may be

emp loyed t o sect ionalize a system.
..

Since the prot ect ive relay is a s ensing devic e c onnect ed to

w

t he power c ircuit through either current trans former or

ww
 om
3 - 3

pot ent ial transformers , it may be used to prot ect circ uit s or any

.c
known voltage leve l or current capacit y . C ir cuit breakers that are
operat ed by prot ect ive relays may be built with interrupting rat ing s
measured 1n millions or volt-amEeres .

ls
T;!Ees or Rela;!S

ua
Although there are many models or relay s , most fall within three ( 3)
types:

1. Overcurrent and Voltage Re lays

a . Great est numb er in use

an
b . Involve a single coil which is either voltage or
current actuated.
2. Bus, Generator or Trans former Different ial and Current

tM
Balance Relay s
a . Have two ( 2 ) or more circuit s which act jointly upon
an electromagnetic structure to provide contact ac t ion .

3. Distanc e , Direc tional and Impedance Relays

ar
a . The s e are "Comp lex Type" relays
b . Have several component s any one or which may require
definite volt age , current and phase angle relat ionship
lP

for operat ion .

With the except ion or the instantaneous relays , most of the above
devices work on the induct ion princip le .
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
 om
3 - 6 ( r

.c
8. RECORD

a. Good records are very import ant .

b. An individual c ard for e ach device is r e c ommended .

ls
c. _Us ing the informat ion rec orded during "As Found " and
"As Left " inspections and t e st s , can re s ult in an

ua
e conomic s chedule for performing protective relay
maintenance .
Suggested rec ord forms are shown below .

an
S.ttinrs
.I =·! e:�: I
Test!
tTIC)j ��:;lnst.
Rerav Tests

tM
- _I Time I
Tillnnc lnsunt.
Time! rnst. I OPifi

I
Element i Point ·Element ltDf

i
I
:1
Zero Pick••y1:-_-:]Ti
Adru&t. Uo !
Pick Clop-
1"1 me Up Out . !Aift111:1Amps.;
' · 1

I • ! � . Specified
ar
A£ Found 1
A£ Lift
lP

!. i I
I I
!
I I
.
!
ca

! ! i i
! I
! � •

: ! l
i I : I !
.
tri

·I:
'

i ! I : � !

I
! ! I
lec

I i i
I
.E
w
ww

(
 om
3 - 1

RELAY INSPECTION
Tool s and Equipment

.c
Be fore the j ob· is star t ed , t he t echnician should have ·the required
t e s t dat a , set tings , record c.ards , t e s t e quipment , leads and
r elay tools on hand .
·

ls
The following tools are nec e s sary to inspect and adj ust prot ective
r e lays :

ua
1 regular b lade s traight twe e z er
1 curved blade twee zer
1 heavy duty straight tweezer
3 thin ope n-end wrenche s , 3/16" , 11/32 " , 3/ 8 "
1 screw holding s crewdriver

an
1 thin blade s crewdriver (6" shank 3/16" )
1 Phi llips s crewdriver
1 Opt ician ' s screwdriver
1 pair needle nose pliers

tM
1 burnishing tool
1 magnet c leaner
4 spintite wrenche s , 3/16", 5/16 " · 11/32 " , 3/ 8 "
,

1 dental mirror
1 small bulb syringe
ar
1 soft 1 " flat paint brush ( insulated ferrule )
1 bullseye spirit leve l
1 offset boxwrenc h 5/16 "
1 offset s crewdriver
lP

VISUAL INSPECTION
ca

A. Remove cover from re lay case

WARNING The trip c ircuit is a live c ircuit and , on some
re lays , it is possible to cause an instant aneous
trip whi le removing the relay cover .
tri

1. Inspec t the cover gasket .

lec

2. Check glass for t ightne s s in the frame , cracks , e t c .

3. Clean glass ins ide and out s ide .
B. Remove relay from case
.E

1. To e liminate uncert aint ies , short the CT secondary by

j umpering the CT t erminals on the back of the re lay cas e .
This j umper should be c lipped on with square j aw c lips
such as crocodile c lips .
Open trip circuit by opening the Red handled switch in
w

2.
the West inghouse relay or removing the connect ion bloc k
in the General Elec tric re lay .
ww
 om
(
3 - 8

3. Open the rest·of the b l ack handled switc he s on the

.c
We st inghouse relay .

4. Open t he lat ches t hat hold the :re l ay in the eas e and
c are fully remove relay from ease . Remember that t he
swit ch blade s attached t o the eas e in t he Westinghous e
relay as we ll as the bars in the bottom of b oth t he

ls
West inghouse and t he General .Electric eas e are s't ill
"hot " . If extreme c are is not exerc ised , the breaker
may be tripped . With c apacitor trip , high voltages

ua
are pre s ent in the trip circuit; the s e voltages may b e
as high as . s everal hundred volt s .
c. Foreign material such as dust or metal part ic l e s should b e

an
removed from t he re lay eas e and relay . This fore ign mat erial
c an c ause trouble , particularly in the air gap s b etween the
disc and magnet .
D. Dust c an b e removed by blowing air from a small hand s yringe .
E.
tM
Remove any rust or met al part icles from dis c or magnet poles
with a magne t c leaner or brush .
�-·
ar
F. Hold relay up t o the light t o make sure dis c doe s not rub
and has good c learanc e b etween magnet pole s .
G. Inspect relay !or the presence of-moisture . If free moisture
lP

i s pre s ent or rust spot s are noted , report �his c ondit ion to
supervisor . This c ondit ion may indicate that the re lay is in
the improper atmo sphere and pre sent s a des ign problem .
ca

H. Connections , espec ially tap s , should be checked for t ightne s s .

Tight en all screws , nut s and bolts that are � pivotal
joint s .
tri

I. Sluggish bearings may be dete cted by not ing smo othne s s o r

relay re set . Ro tat e the disc manually to c lo s e the c ontac t s
and ob s erve that operat ion is smooth . Allow the action o f the
lec

sp iral spring to return the dis c to its normal de-energized

po sit ion . If the bearings appear bad or operat ion of the relay
is que st ionab le , thi s c ondition should be report ed t o the
supervisor . It may be that the relay should b e returned t o
t he manufacturer for overhaul . On an in stantaneous plunger
.E

t ype relay , occas ionally a burr or groove may develop on the

p lunger which would cause the re lay to "hang-up " .

J. Check mechanical operat ion o f targets by lift ing the armature

and observe showing of target .
w

(
ww
 om
3 - 9
K. Observe that the relay coils have not been subjected to high
( currents for a prolonged period by smelling or squeezing

.c
between thumb and fingers.

L. Components or the relay that touch when the relay is in a

"normal" position and part as the relay "operates", should
be cleaned. These parts may become dirty and prevent the
relay from operating properly on relatively low overloads.

ls
M. Pitted or burned contacts should be cleaned with a contact
burnisher. Never use a solvent on these contacts or touch

ua
with fingers as the residue left on the contacts may cause
improper operation.

ELECTRICAL TESTING

an
The Test Equipment

The purpose of relay test equipment is to provide the relay with

a load that will simulate operating conditions, and to meter

tM
electrical quantities with accuracy and simplicity The test tools
• .

for common relays include time and current measuring instruments

and loading devices as provided by the MULTI-AMP relay testers.
For more complex relays, a phase�shifter and phase angle meter are
ar
required for complete resul-ts'. (See MULTI-AMP specifications f'or
Models CS-5, CS-6 and CS-7 Phase Shifter and Phase Angle Meter units.

Proper Setup
lP

Careless setups can use valuable time and often result in erroneous
data. Attention should be gi�en to proper setup or controls as
ca

given in MULTI-AMP test procedures, and proper connections to

devices under test as given in manufacturer's literature.

A. Test Methods
tri

1. Testing with the relay disconnected from the power and

trip circuits.
lec

2. Testing across the secondary or the current transformer

with primary de-energized (secondary injection) .

a. This method may be used whenever it is possible to

de-energize power circuit being tested.
.E

b. This test includes checking the operation of

circuit breaker, presence of energy to trip
breaker, etc.

c. Testing is done by introducing the test current

w

at the secondary terminals of the instrument

transformer (s) . This test checks the relay
connections as well as the relay.
ww
 om
3 - 12
INDUCTION D ISC OVERCURRENT RELAY S
-

.c
( We s t inghouse Type C O ) ( General Ele c t ric Type IAC )

GENERAL

The overcurr ent relay is d e signed to dete c t abnormal c ondit ions of

ls
c urrent in a circuit . If the abnormal c ondition is an overload ,
usually there ' will b e a t ime delay operation . Time current c har­
acterist i c s are inverse . A s hort c ircuit or fault will c ause an

ua
ins tantaneous operat ion or the relay providing t he relay is
e quipped with such a unit .

The t ime de lay overcurrent re lay i s an induct ion disc relay . The

an
ac t ion o r t he sp iral spring i s t o keep the re lay trip c ircuit
c ontac t s open . The sp iral spring act ion is oppo s ed by t orque
produc ed as current i s pas s ed through the relay ' s current act uat ed
operat ing c o il . Thus , the higher the current , t he raster the disc
rotat e s .

t hi s type .
tM
The following procedure s de s c rib.e the use of the MULTI-AMP unit s
1n t e s t ing t ime overcurrent relays . There are many variations wit hin
However , they all operat e on s imilar principle s � It
ar
·

is recommended t hat details o f re lay c ircuit s be ob tained from the

man�racturer ' s instruc tion b o o k as well as other pert inent data
c oncerning proc �dure s .
lP

The s e t e s t proc edure s are de s igned so that a specific test can b e

made without performing all t e s t s o n the relay . S e e following
t e s t procedure for " Comp le t e Te st of an Overcurrent Relay " which
ca

out line s the mos t e ffic ient manner to c onsecutively ·perform all
tests .

TEST PROCEDURES
tri

ALWAYS REFER TO MANUFACTURER ' S LITERATURE BEFORE TESTING

"Type o f Tes t s
lec

P ic kup

Time Current Charac teristic s

.E

Inst antaneous Trip

w
ww

(
 om
3 - 13

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

.c
CONTROL POSITION
" Power ON" . • • . . . • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • . . • . • • . . OFF
"Timer Operation Selector" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • UPPER- " N . O . MOM "

ls
LOWER- "C ONT . "
"Main Control " • • .• • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( c ounte rc l ock-
wis e )

ua
"Aux . Power " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "INT . "

" Voltme t er Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 300

"Voltme t er Select or" Swit c h "EXT . A . C . "

an
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

" Aux . Sele ctor" Switch • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "VERN "

" Aux . Contro l " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . Zero ( c ount er-

tM
c lockwi s e )
"AC Range " Swi t ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA (not SR-2 1 )
"DC Range " Switch . . . .. . . . . . . . .
. · �� ... · . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SA
ar
"Main Amme t er Range " Switch So that de s ired
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

tes t c urrent will be read o n

upper 1/ 3 of me ter s c ale .
lP

"Voltage Relay Te st " ( "Direct . Element Te s t " ) Switch SET NORM • •

" Output 1 1-1 2 " Switch • • • • . • • • • • • • • • . . • • • • • • • • • • • Output 1 1

ca

Tes t ing Pickup

1. C onne c t t he MULTI-AMP relay t e s t er to a suitab le sourc e o f
power as indicat ed on the nameplat e and ground . BE SURE THE
MAIN SWITC H IS Q£!_. CHECK THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .
tri

2. C onnec t induct ion unit. operat ing c o i l to right -hand Common and
8 0 volt t ap of " Output #1" .
lec

3. C onnect light le ads from b inding post s marked "Re lay Cont ac t s "
t o induct ion disc unit t rip c ircuit c ontact terminals o f the
relay .
.E

4. Sele c t prop er Main Ammeter range . Expected value o f pickup

should be read in upper 1/3 of amme ter s c al e .

5. Adj ust "Timer Operat ion Selector " Switch --UPPER to " N . O . MAINT " ,
LOWER t o "CONT " .
w
ww

(
 om
3 - 14
(
)

.c
6. Turn " Power ON" Switc h ON . " Power ON" light should glow .

1. Init iat e unit by pre s s ing " Init iat e " Swit c h .

8. Rotat e "Main Cont ro l " ( c lockwise ) to increase output unt il re lay

induct ion unit t rip c ircuit c ontact s c lo s e and t he Cont inuit y

ls
l ight _flickers . The " Aux . C ontrol " may be us ed as a fine adj ust­
ment ror "Main Contro l " .

ua
g. Read c urrent on Amme t er . Rec ord .

Test ing T ime Current Charac t erist i c s

an
1. Connect t he SR-51 t o a suitab le sourc e o r power as indicate d on
t he namep lat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH iS OFF .
CHEC K THE " POWER ON " LIGHT .

2. Connect re lay induct ion unit operat ing coil t o right -hand C ommon

exc e ed 2 5 amp ere s .

tM
and 8 0 volt tap of " Output 1 1 " . ( Note : Test current should not
If relay tap exceeds 8 , move tap to � or 5
p o s it ion for this t e s t )
·
ar
3. S e l e c t amme t er range s o that t est cur.r ent will b e read 1n UPPER
1/ 3 o r met er s cale . Pre s et amm e t er needle us ing " Point er PreSet " .
Set t o 1/2 divis ion be low de sired current value .
lP

4. Adj ust "Timer Operat ion Selec tor" Swit c h , UPPER t o "N . O . MOM" ,
LOWER t o " CONT . " .
ca

5. Turn " Power ON" Swit ch ON . " Power ON" light should glow .

6. Init iat e unit by pre s s ing " Init iat e " Swit ch .
- 1· Set t es t current desired b y j o gging unit with " Init�at e " Swit c h
tri

and rotat ing "Main Contro l " ( c locRwi s e ) t o increase output

unt il t he amme t er needle quivers . Ho ld in " Init iat e " Swit ch
and rotat e " Aux . Contro l " as a fine adj us tment t o the "Main
lec

Contro l " unt il t e s t current is read on amme ter .

8. C onnect light leads from b inding post s marked "Relay Contact s "
o n t he SR- 5 1 to tri� c ircuit c ontact t e rminals on relay induct ion ·

unit .
.E

g. Set "Timer Operat ion Select or" Swit c h , UPPER t o "N . O . MAINT . "

..
( or " N . C . MAINT . " if relay is or c irc uit opening t yp e ) , LOWER t o
"TIMER" .

10 . Re s e t t imer t o z ero with "Timer Re set " button .

w

11 . Init iat e unit by pre s s ing " �nit iat e " Swit c h . Timer will run

! {
and t e st current will flow . ; T he re lay t e s t e r will aut omat ic ally
cut o rr , and the timer will stop when re lay c ontact s make ( or
ww

break ) .
 om
3 - 15
12 . Read t imer . Time sho wn is t otal t ime o f t e st . Rec ord time .
( 13 . If desir ed , r e s et "Timer Operat ion Se lect or"· Switch -UP PER to
" N . O . MOM " , LOWER to "CONT . " . Proceed from Step 6 to obtain

.c
anothe r po int on re lay c urve .
14 . When t e st is c onc luded , · return "Main C ontrol " knob t o zero
set t ing . Replac e relay tap in proper �osit ion .

ls
NOTE : Check Amme ter while t e s t is on for ac curat e reading . Minor
adj us tment may be made with " Aux . C ontro l " .

ua
Te s t ing Ins tantaneous Trip

1. Connect the MULTI-AMP relay t e s t e r t o a suitab le s ourc e o f

power a s indicated o n the nameplat e and ground . BE SURE THE
MA IN SWITCH IS 2£:E· CHEC K THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .

an
2. C onne c t relay ins tantaneous unit operat ing c oil ( with heavy
leads ) to " Output # 1 " of the re lay t e s t er . Conne c t to
appropr iat e C ommon for amme ter range t o be ut ilized and

tM
" l OV- lOOAmp " tap .

3. Select Amme t er Range s o that des ired t e s t current will b e read

in upper 1/3 or met er s cale .
ar
4. C onnect light leads from b inding post s marked "Re lay C ontac t s "
on the relay unit t o t rip c ircuit c ontact t erminals on the
re lay ins t antaneous unit .
lP

5. Se t "Time r Operat ion Sele c t o r " Swit c h --U PPER to " N . O . MOM" ,
LOWER to "FAST TRIP " .
ca

6. Turn " Power ON " Switch ON . " Power ON " light should glow .

1. Init iate unit and ho ld in " Initiat e " Switch .

tri

8. Rotate "Main Contro l " ( c lockwi s e ) to inc rease current unt i l

t imer st ops . Make sure this is minimum s e t t ing o n "Main C ont ro l "
where ins tantaneous un i t of re lay will c ons i s t ent ly pick up as
the " Init iat e " Switch on the test s e t i s alt ernately opened
lec

and c losed .
9. Rapidly read this value of current and release " Init iat e " Swi t c h .
WARNING ! ! ! CURRENT IS FLOWING THROUGH THE RELAY C O IL UNTIL
.E

" IN ITIATE11 SWITCH IS RELEASED . There fore , it is

important to READ THE VALUE OF CURRENT RAP IDLY .
10. Rec ord amme t er reading .
w
ww
 om
3 - 16
COMPLETE TEST OF AN OVERCURRENT RELAY (

.c
The follow�ng procedUre o ut line s the most effic ient manner t o c on- .
s e c ut ively p erform all t e s t s on an overcurrent relay . This procedure
involve s t he leas t p o s s ib le number o f changes 1n the c onnecting t e s t
lead s and t e st s e t c ontro ls .

ls
TYPES OF TESTS

Z ero Check

ua
Pickup-Induct ion Unit
Timing- Induction Unit
D . C . Target & Seal-In - Pickup
Ins t ant aneous Pickup

an
SET UP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

C ONTROL POSITION

tM
" Power On" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

"Timer Operation. Se le ctor" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • UPPER - "N . C . MOM"

LOWER - "CONT. "
ar
"Main C ontrol • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( c ounterc lockwise )

" Aux . Power" " Switch • • • • • • • • . • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " INT "

lP

"Vo ltme t er Rang e " Swit ch • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 300

"Voltme t er Selec t or" Switch EXT . A . C . "
ca

. . . • . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

"

" Aux . Selector" Switch • • • • . . . • . • . . • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • "VERN . "

"Aux . C ontrol" • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( counte rclockwi s e )
tri

"AC Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • l O A ( Not on SR-21 )

" DC Range n Switc h . f' SA
lec

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

"MA IN Ammet er Range " · swit ch . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . To read test c urrent

on upper l/3 me ter s c ale

"Vo ltage Re lay Test " ( "D irect . Element Test " -SR-5l ) SET NORM
.E

Switch
" Output # l-1 2 " Switch Out put # l
• • • . . • . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .
..
w
ww

(
 3 17

om
-

ZERO CHECK
;./
This test is t o det ermine that the re lay c ontac t s e rose when the d ial

.c
is set t o zero . For this t e s t , the c ont inuity light o f the MUL�I-AMP
r el�y tester is used . C onsult manufacturer ' s ins truc t ion leaflet
t o identify c urrent terminals and c ont act terminals .

Pro cedure

ls
1. Connect t he MULTI-AMP t e s t set t o a s uitab le source o f power as
indicat ed on the nameplate and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITC H
IS .2£!. · C HEC K THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .

ua
2. C onnect light leads from b inding p o s t s marked "Re lay C ontac t s "
t o trip c ircuit contac t terminals o f t he relay induc tion unit .

an
3. Turn " Power ON" Switch ON . " Power ON" light should glow .

4. Manually rotate t ime dial on the re lay t oward zero until the
cont inuity light glows . Re c o rd reading on t ime dial .
5.

6.
tM
Re s e t t ime dial as spe c ified , adj u s t for any irregularitie s
unc overed in the Zero Che ck t e s t .
Turn " Power ON" Switch OFF . ..,,
ar
P IC KU P - INDUCTION UNIT
This t e st is t o determine the minimum ope rat ing c urrent of the relay ;
lP

that is , the minimum current needed t o c lo s e t he re lay c ontac t s for

any p �t icular t ap s e t t ing . Pickup value should be equal to tap
value - 5 % .
ca

1. Connec t re lay induc t ion unit ope rat ing c oil t o right -hand C ommon
and 80 vo lt tap of "Output N l" .
8. Select Main Amme ter range so that re lay t ap value of current may
tri

be read on upper 1/ 3 of amme t er s c ale .

g. Adj us t "Timer Operat ion Selec t o r " Swit c h U PPER to "N . O . Maint " ,
lec

LOWER to " C ONT . " .

1 0 . Turn " Power ON" Switch ON .
1 1 . Ini t iat e unit by pre s s ing " Init iat e " Swit c h .
.E

1 2 . Rotate "Main C ontrol11 ( c lockwis e ) to increase output until re lay

picks up and Cont inuity light flicker s . "AUX . Control " may b e
used for fine adj ustment .

13 . Read current on amm e ter . Rec ord .

w

14 . Turn " Powe r ON" Swit c h . OFF .

ww
 om
3 - 18

.c
T�ins T e s t - Induct ion Unit

NOTE : If relay tap exc eeds 8 , move t o 4 or 5 tap for this t e st .

This should prevent t est current from exc e eding 2 5 ampere s .
1 5 . Return both " Main Control" and "Aux . Control" t o zero .

ls
16 . Adj ust " Timer Operat ion Selec tor" Swit c h , UPPER - " N . O . MOM . " ,

ua
LOWER - "CONT . " .
17 . Select ma in amme t er range so t hat t e st current will be read in
upp er l/3 or meter s c ale . Use amme ter Pre-Set s o t hat amme ter
needle i s approximat e ly l/2 divis ion below de s ired c urrent .

an
18 . Turn " Power ON" Switch ON . " Power ON" light should glow .

1 9 . Init iat e unit by pre s s ing " Init iat e " swit c h .

tM
2 0 . Set t e s t c urrent de s ir ed b y j ogging unit with " Init iat e " Switc h
an d rotat ing " Main Contro l" ( c lockwis e ) t o increase output unt il
amme t er needle quivers . Hold in "Initiat e " Swit ch and rotate
" Aux . Control" to make final c urrent adj ustment .
ar
21 . Set "Timer Operat ion Se lect or" Switch , UPPER - "N . O . MAINT . " ( or
" N . C . MAINT . " if relay is or c ircuit opening type ) , LOWER - "TIMER" .
lP

2 2 . Res et t imer t o z ero with "Timer Re s et " button . )

2 3 . Init iat e unit by pre s s ing " Initiat e " Swit c h . Timer will run and
ca

t e s t curr ent will flow . The relay t e ster will aut omat ically cut
o rr and t he t imer wi ll stop when relay c ontact s make ( or break ) .
2 4 . R ead t imer . Time shown is total t ime of t est . Record t ime .
tri

2 5 . If desired , reset "Timer Operat ion Select or" Swit ch , UPPER -

� N . O . MOM" , LOWER - " CONT . " . Proceed from St ep 1 5 t o obtain
anot her point on relay curve .
lec

26 . When t e st i s c onc luded , return "Main Control" knob t o zero sett ing .
NOTE : Check amme ter while test is ·on for ac curat e reading . Minor
adj ustment may be made with "Aux . Control" .
.E

Test ing DC Target and Seal-In

•

2 7 . Adj us t "Timer Operat ion Select or" Swit c h UPPER - " N . O . MAINT . " ,
LOWER - "DC " .
w

2 8 . AdJ ust "Aux . Select or" t o "DC-8 "

2 9 . Adj ust Main Ammet er range switch so that a current value approximat e-
ww

ly 1 5 0 � or relay tap value may be read in UPPER 1/3 or met er s cale . (

3 0 . Cho o s e proper range for DC Ammet er .
31 . Turn " Power ON" Switch ON .
 om
3 - 19

3 2 . Init iat e t e s t unit by pre s s ing " Init iat e " Swit c h .

.c
3 3 . Rot at e "Main Control " c lockwis e t o energize re lay induct ion unit
operat ing c oil with a value of c ur�ent equal to approximat e ly
1 5 0 % re lay t ap value .

3 4 . When re lay induct ion unit trip c ircuit c ont ac t s c los e , rotate
"Aux . Contro l " c lockwise to energize relay target coil with DC .

ls
When target drop s , read and rec ord DC ampere s .

3 5 . Rot at e "Main Contro l " c ounterc lo c kwise to z ero .

If DC circuit

ua
is energi zed when relay induct ion unit trip c ircuit contact s
open , the Seal-In unit is working properly .
3 6 . Return " Aux . Control " t o z ero and turn t e s t set OFF .

an
Tes t ing Instantaneous Pic kup
3 7 . Connect relay ins tantaneous unit operat ing c o il t o right -hand
Common and 10 vo lt t ap of t e s t s et " Output # 1 " .

tM
3 8 . Connect relay inst antaneous unit trip c ircuit c ontac t s t o
" Re lay Contact s " b inding posts o f t e s t s et .
ar
3 9 . S e l e c t Main Amm e t er range so t hat des ired t e s t current will b e
read in UPPER l / 3 o f met er scale .
4 0 . Adj ust " Aux . Se lector" t o "VERN. ".
lP

41 . Set " Timer Op erat ion S e le c t or " Swit ch , U PPER - "N . 0 . M0�1. " ,
LOWER - " FAST TRIP".
ca

42 . Turn " Power ON" Swit c h ON. " Power ON" l ight should glow .

4 3 . Init iat e uni t by holding in " Init iat e " Swit c h.

tri

4 4 . Rotat e "Main Cont ro l " ( c lockwis e ) to increas e c urrent unt il t imer

s t op s . Make sur e t h i s i s minimum s et t in g o n "Main Cont ro l " wher e
ins t ant aneous unit o f re lay will cons i s t ent l y pick up as the
lec

" Init iat e " Swit c h is alt ernat e l y o pened and c lo s ed �

4 5 . Rap idly r e ad t h i s value o f c urrent and r e l e a s e " Init iat e " Swit c h •

. WARNING ! ! ! CURRENT IS FLOWING THROUGH THE RELAY C O IL UNT IL

.E

11 IN IT IATE11 SWITCH IS RELEASED. THEREFORE , IT IS

IMPORTANT TO READ THE VALUE OF CURRENT RAPIDLY .

4 6 . Record amme t er reading .

4 7 . Turn test s et OFF .

w
ww
 om
3 - 20
CURRENT PHASE BALANCE RELAYS
( -
. ·., .,
( General Electri c IJC ) ( We stinghous e CM )
)

.c
The Curr ent Phase Balanc e Re lay _o perat es t o t r ip a c irc uit breaker when
t he p has e c urrent s in a c ircuit b e c ome unbalanc ed by s ome predet ermined
amount . This relay compares the t hree phase current s o r a line .

General Electric Type IJC

ls
The General Electric IJC relay is comp o s ed o r three individual induc t ion

ua
dis c s with two c o ils per dis c . One c oil produces a c ontac t closing
t orque on the disc and is c alled an o perat ing c o il . The sec ond c o il
produc e s a c ontact op ening t orque on t he disc and is c alled a
r e st raint c o il . The s e two coils see current s from different phases
o� t he c ircuit and the re lay will operat e when t he phase current s

an
b e c ome s uffic iently unbalanc ed . The trip c ircuit c ontac t s associat ed
with all t hree induct ion disc s are c onnect ed in parallel .
Test ing

tM
Always re fer to manufacturer ' s lit erature before t e s t ing .
Types o f Te s t s
ar
1. Pickup
2. Timing
3. S lope
4. Target and Seal-In
lP

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

ca

C ONTROL POSITION

" Power ON" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

"Timer Operat ion Selector" Switch • UPPER-"N . O . MAiNT . "
tri

• • • • • • • • • • • •

LOWER- " CONT . "

" Main Cont ro l" • Z ero ( c ount erc loc kwi s e )
lec

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

" Aux . Power" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " INT . "

"Voltme t er Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 300
.E

"Voltmet er Selector" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "AC EXT . "

" Aux . S elect or" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • �N . "
" Aux . C ontrol" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • . • • • • • • Z ero ( c ount erc lockwi s e )
w

" AC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA

" DC Range " Swit ch • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5 . OA
ww

(
" Main Amme ter Range " Switch • • • • • • • . • • • . • . . • • • • So t e st current may be
read in upp er 1/ 3 o r scale
"Voltage Relay Test " ( DET ) Swi � c h . Set "NORM"
" O ut u t # 1- # 2 " �wi t c h . .... ..
• . . • • . . • • • . •

. . - · · · · · - _ _ . . . • • . . " Ou t nut #1
 3 - 21

om
Tes t ing Pickup

1. Connect SR- 51 to a s uitab le s ourc e or power as indicated on t he

nameplate and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF . CHECK THE
" POWER ON" LIGHT .

.c
2. Connect current operat ing coil for one unit o r the relay t o
" Output # 1 " of the SR-51 .
3. Turn " Power ON" Switch ON. " Power ON" light should glow .

ls
4. Init iate unit b y pre s s ing " Init iat e " Swit c h .
S lowly increas e current by rotat ing "Main" and "Aux . " c ontro l s

ua
5.
c lockwise unt il dis c move s and contac t s are almo st closed . Then
decreas e current unt il disc remains stat ionary at this point .
6. Record this value o r c urrent as Pickup .

an
7. Repeat for op erat ing c o ils o r the ot her two re lay unit s .
Te s t ing Timing
1.
2. tM
Repeat St ep s 1 and 2 under " Pickup " .

Set Main Amme t er Point er Pre-Set t o 1/2 divis ion be1ow· des ired
t e s t current .
ar
3. Adj ust "Timer Op erat ion Se lector" Swit ch , UPPER-"N . O . MOM " ,
LOWER-"CONT . " .
lP

4. Set test current desired b y j ogging with " Init iat e " Swit ch and
rot at ing Main Control c lo c kwis e . Fine adj ustment may b e made
by �o.t at ing " Aux . " Control c lo c kwi s e .
ca

5. Us ing a pair o r light leads , connect relay tr ip c ircuit contac t

terminals t o "Relay Cont acts " b inding post s on the SR-5 1 .
6. Adj ust "Timer Operat ion Selector" Swit ch to UPPER- "N . O . MAINT . " ,
tri

LOWER-"Timer" .
7. Re set Timer t o zero . Make s ure relay trip c ircuit c ontac t s are
lec

fully open .
8. Initiat e t e s� unit by . pushing " Init iat e " Swit ch .

9. Ob serve and record t ime for relay trip c ircuit contact s t o c lo s e .

.E

10 . Repeat Steps 1-9 for operat ing _ c o ils o r the other two relay unit s .

Test ing Slope

1. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 under " Pickup " t e s t .
w

2. Connect re straint coil for same relay unit t hat was used in St ep 2
under " Pickup Test " t o "AC Output # 3 " .
ww
 om
3 - 22
3. Adj ust "Timer O perat ion Selector" Switch t o UPPER-"N . O . MAINT . " , (
LOWER- " CONT . " . J

.c
4. Turn "Aux . Selec t or " Swi t c h to "AC 3-24 " .

5. · Turn " Power ON" Swit c h ON . " Power ON ' light should glow .

ls
6. Init iat e unit b y pre s s ing " Init iat e " Swit c h .

1. Rotate "Main C ontrol " c lockwise t o energi z e operat ing c o i l o f

ua
relay unit under t es t .

8. Rotate " Aux . C ontro l " c l o c kwise t o energiz e restraint c o i l of

relay unit under. t e s t .

an
9. Regulat e the two c urrent s unt il t he disc o f t he relay under
t e s t is s t opped with t hat unit ' s trip c irc uit c ont act s . ( Ab out
halfway b etween full open p o s it ion and trip p o s i t ion . )

tM
10 . Record both values o f c urr ent and c alculat e s lope .

11 . Repeat Steps 1-10 for t he other relay unit s .

We st inghouse Type CM Re lay

ar
The West inghous e Type CM re lay has two individual induc t ion dis c s .
Eac h d i s c has t wo c urrent . coils . One c o il produc e s t orque t o move
lP

t he di s c to t he left and " t he other c o il produc e s t orque to move

t he dis c t o t he right . As long as the c urren t s energiz ing t he t wo
c o ils are equal , t he torques canc e l and t he disc remains stat ionary .
In c onnect ing t he re lay in the c ir c uit , t he c oi l produc ing rotation
ca

to the r ight on one disc i s in "A" Phas e , while t he c o il produc ing

rot at ion to t he left on the same disc is in " B " Phas e . The ot her
d i s c is c onnec t ed l e ft rotat ion "B" Phas e , right rot at ion " C "
Phas e . Each unit o f the relay has a moving c ontac t at t ac hed t o t he
tri

di sc s haft and two stat ionary c on�ac t s , one on the r i ght and one
on t he left . When the re lay is energized with balanced 3-phase
c urrent s , the moving c ont act s o f both relay uni t s s hould b e midway
b e t ween the left and right s�at ionary c ontac t s . An tmbalanc e o r the
lec

phas e current s wil l cause e ither or both or the di s c s t o ro tat e with

s ub s equent c lo s ing of the re lay trip c irc uit c ont act s . The re lay
t rip c irc uit cont ac t s are c onnec t ed in. parallel .

Type s o f Te s t s
.E

1. Electric al Balanc e
2. Minimum Trip Set t ing
3. Operat ing Curve
4. Time Curve
w

Te s t ing

Alway s refer to Manufac t urer ' s lit erat ure be fore t e s t ing .
ww

(
 om
3 - 23
SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST
(
CONTROL POSIT ION

.c
" Power ON" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • . • • • • • • • • ; OFF

"Timer Operat ion Selector" Swit ch • . • • • . • • • UPPER- "N . O . MOM "

LOWER-"CONT . "

ls
" Main C ontro l" • • • . . . • . • . • • . . • • . • . • • • • • • . • . Zero ( c o unterclo c kw i s e )

ua
" Aux . Power " Swit ch . . • • . • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • " INT . "

"Voltmeter Range" Switch . • . . . . . . . . . • . . • • . • 300

an
"Voltmeter Selector " Switc h . • . • • . . • • • • • • • • " EXT . AC "

" Aux . S electo r " Swit c h . • . • . . . . . . . . • • • • • . • . "VERN . "

" Aux . Control" Zero ( c ounte rcloc kw i s e )

tM
. . • • • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . .

" AC Range" Switch . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . • • • • • . • lOA

" DC Range" Switc h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . � · -· • • • � . . 5A

ar
" Ma i n Ammeter Range" Switc h . . . . . . . . . • • . . . • S o that de s ired test c ur rent
will be read in UPPER l/ 3 o r
meter s cale
lP

"Volta ge Relay Tes t " ( DET ) Switch . . . . • • . • • . Set " NORM "

" Out put #l- # 2 " Switch · Output # l

ca

. . • . . . . . . . . • • . • . • • • • .

Tes t ing Electrical Balance

l. Connect - Model SR- 5 1 to a suitable sour c e o f power as indicated on

tri

the nameplate and ground . BE SURE THE MA IN SWITCH IS OFF . CHECK

THE " POWER O N " LIGHT .

2. Connect front operating c o il o f one induction dis c unit to

lec

Output #l t erminals o f the SR-5 1 ..

3. Connect rear o perating c oil o f the s ame induction disc unit to

" AC Output #3 " terminals of the tes t : s et .
.E

4. Adj ust " Aux . Selector " Switch to "AC - 3 2 4 " .

5. Adj u st "Timer Operation Selec t o r " S�itch to U PPER- " N . O . MA I NT . " ,

LOWER- "CO NT . " .

6. Turn " Power ON" Switch ON . "Power ON" light s nould glow .
w
ww
 om
(
3 - 24

Init iat e unit by p r e s s ing " Init iat e " Switch .

' ·.

1.

.c
8. Rotat e "Main Control" clockwise t o obtain a· reading o r 6 amperes
on Main Amme t er .

9. Rotat e "·Aux . Contro l" clockwise t o obtain a reading or 6 amperes

ls
on t he second AC Ammeter on t e st s et .

10 . The moving contact of the induct ion disc unit under test should

ua
b e 1n a b alanc ed p osit ion as des cribed in re lay manufact ur er ' s
lit erat ure .
1 1 . Turn " Powe·r ON" Swit ch OFF .

an
Minimum Trip Set t ing

1. Repeat St ep s 1 through 7 under testing "Electrical Balanc e " .

2.

3.
tM
C onnect light leads from "Re lay C ontact s " b inding posts on test
set to the trip c ircuit contac t s of the re lay .
Rot at e "Main Control" c lockwis e t o obtain
on " Main Amme t er" .
- a reading o f one ampere
ar
4. Adj ust l e ft s tat ionary contact unt il it j ust make s with the
moving c ontact as indicated by glowing of the Cont inui�y light .
lP

5. Return "Main Control" t o zero .

6. Rotat e " Aux . Contro l" c lockwise t o obtain a reading of one ampere
ca

on s econd AC Amme ter of test set .

1. Adjust right stat ionary contact unt il it j us t makes wit h moving
c ontact , as indicat ed by glowing of C ont inuity light .
tri

.
Operat ing Curve
1. Connect liqht leads from • Relay Contacts • bindinq posts on the
lec

test set to the trip circuit contacts of the relay .

2
_ . Repeat Steps 1- 8 under •Testinq Electrical Balance • .

3. Rotat e the "Aux . Control" c lockwise unt il the moving c ontact and
.E

the right stat ionary contact j ust make , as indicat ed by flickering

ot t he Cont inuity light . Rec ord readings or both amme t ers .
4. Slowly decreas e current output o f "AC Output 1 3 " by rotat ing the
" Aux . Control" count erclockwise until t he· moving contact and
left hand stat ionary contact j ust make s , as indicated by
w

flickering of Cont inuity light . Record readings of b oth amme ters .

ww

(_
 )

om
3 - 25

Tim e Curve

1. Repeat St e p s 1-6 under " Te s t ing Elec t rical Balanc e " .

... .. ,

.c
2. Co nnect a pair of fi gh·t-· l eads from "Relay Co ntac t s " b inding p o s t s
o f t he t e s t s.e t t o. t rip c ircui t c ont act t erminals o f the re lay .
' . ; ' )� I 1� .-s �, , _., •.
:

3. Jog " Init iat e " Switc h and . rotat e ".Main Co nt r o l " to obt ain a reading
o f 10 amperes on main amme t er .

ls
4. Manually set moving contact t o "Balanc e " p o s it ion .

ua
5. Adj ust "Timer Operat ion Select or" Swit c h , UPPER- "N . O . MAINT . " ,
LOWER-"TIMER" .

6. Ini t iat e t es t set b y pres s ing " Init iat e " Swit ch .

an
1. Read and record t ime for c lo s ure o f moving c ontact and left
s t at ionary c ontact .

8. Adj �st "Timer Operat ion Selec t o r " Swit c h UPPER- "N . O . MOM" ,

9. tM
LOWER- " CONT . " .

Ret urn "Main Cont r o l " t o z ero .

ar
10 . J o g " Init iat e" Swi t ch and rot-at e "Aux . Cont ro l " t o obtain a r e adin�
o f 10 amp eres on s e c ond AC Ammet er .

1 1 . Manually set moving c ontact to " Balanc e " position .

lP

12 . Adj us t "Time r Operat ion Selec t or " Swit ch t o UPPER- " N . O . MAINT . " ,
LOWER- "TIMER" .
ca

1 3 . Init iat e t e s t s et by pus hing " Init iat e " Swit c h .

14 . Read and rec ord t ime for c lo sure o f moving c ont act and r ight
s t at ionary c ontact .
tri

Repeat all four t e s t s , 1 . e . Elect rical Balan c e , Minimum Tr ip S e t t ing ,

lec

Op erat ing Curve and Time Curve for the o t her induc tion disc unit .
.E
w
ww
 om
3 - 26

(
VOLTAGE RESTRAINT OVERCURRENT RELAY

.c
.
;.,. � · -

.{ � ·� ; ' .. . ,:\J
. i ;·

( GENERAL ELECTRIC TYPE IJCV)

..·. I

ls
GENERAL

The IJCV cont ains an induct ion dis c which ·:is influenced b y the

ua
magnetic fie lds o� two e lec tromagnets . The current actuated
electromagnet produc es t orque on the di s c to c lo se the relay trip
c ircuit contac t s and is known as the operating c oil . The potent ial
actuat ed electromagnet produces t orque on the disc t o open the rela�

an
t rip c ircuit contact s and i s known as the restraint coil . When t he
volta ge app lied to the re s t raint coil decreas e s , a smaller amount
o r current is required t o operate the re lay and c lo s e the trip
circui t contact s . This re lay may operate to c lo s e t rip circuit
contact s even though the vo ltage app lied to the re straint coil may

tM
remain at full system volt age . ·

The IJCV re lay is normally used t o pro t e c t a generat or against bus

faults .
ar
Test ing

ALWAYS REFER TO MANUFACTURER ' S LITERATURE BEFORE TESTING

lP

Type of Test s

Pickup o r overc urrent unit , zero vo lt age re s t raint

ca

Pickup o r overc urrent unit , system volt age res t raint

Timing or overcurrent unit , zero voltage res traint
T�ng o f ove rcurrent unit s y s t em , vo ltage re s t raint
tri

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

CO NTROL POSIT ION

lec

" Power On " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • . • . OFF

"Timer Operat ion Select or " Switch • . • • UPPER - "N . O . f·1AINT . "
LOWER - "COl-iT . "
.E

"Main Control " . . • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • . • . zero ( c ount erclockwis e )

" Aux . Power " Sw! t.:h • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • . • . "INT "

"Voltme ter Range "Swit ch • • • • . • • . . • . . . . s o that de s ired test voltage

w

may be read on upper l/ 3 of meter

scale .
ww

"Vo ltmeter Selec tor �� " Switch • . . • . . . . . . "AC -3 "

"Aux . Selector" Swi t ch • • • . . . . . . • . . . . . "AC- 3-1 5 0 "

 om
3 - 27

CONTROL POS ITION

.c
" Aux . Control " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero (counterclockwis e ) ·
"A.C . Range " Switch . · • • • • •· • • • • • • • • • • • lOA
"D . C . Range " Switch 5A

ls
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

"Main Ammeter Range " Sw1tch • • • • • • • • • so that des ired test current
may be read on upper 1/3 of

ua
met er scale .
"Vo ltage Relay Test " (DET) Switch • • • Set "NORM"

an
"Output # 1 - # 2 " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • Output #1

Test ing for Pic kup Zero Vo lt s Restraint

1.

tM
Connect the Test set to a s uitable sourc e o f power as indicat e d
on the nameplat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF .
CHECK THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .
ar
2. Connect relay voltage restraint coil terminals to test set
binding posts marked "A .C . Output # 3 " .
. .
3. Connect the re lay current operat ing c o i l terminals to t he t es t
lP

s e t "Output # 1 " right -hand Common o n 8 0 vo lt tap .

4. Connec t test set binding posts marked "Relay Cont acts " to t he
re lay trip c ircuit contacts t erminals .
ca

5. Turn "Power On " Switch ON . " Power ON" light should glow .
6. Init iate unit by pressing " Initiate " Swit ch .
tri

1. Increase current through operat ing c o il o f re lay t o a value

5 0 % above re lay tap by rotat ing "Hain Contro l " cloc kw ise .
lec

8. When re lay contacts c lose , Cont inuity light will glow .

9. Slowly decrease current by rotat ing "Main Contro l " c ount er­
clockwise unt il Cont inuity light flickers . Rec ord this value
of current as " Pickup - zero vo lts restraint " .
.E

10 . Re turn "r�ain Contro l " t o z ero and turn "Power ON" switch o f f .

Test ing for Pic kup Syst em Volts Restraint

w

Repeat st eps 1 - 6 above .

1. App ly system voltage t o voltage restra int c oi l of re lay by

ww

rotat ing "Aux . Contro l " c lockwis e .

8. Repeat st eps 7 - 10 above .
 om
3 - 28
..
Test ing "Timing - Overcurrent Unit - Zero Vo l t s Res traint ( )·

.c
1. C o nne ct t he t e s t s e t to a sui t ab le source o f power as indi cated
o n t he nameplat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF .
CHECK THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .

ls
2. Conne c t re lay voltage re s traint coil t e rminals t o "AC Output 1 3 "
b inding pos t s o f the test s e t .

ua
3. Conne c t t he relay c urrent ope rat ing coil t e rminals to the t e s t
s e t "Output 1 1 " right-hand Common and 8 0 vo lt tap .

4. Conne c t the t e st s et "Re lay Contact s " b inding pos t s to t he re lay

an
t rip c i r c uit contact t e rminals .

5. P re - s e t Main AMmeter needle 1/2 di vision be low desired t e s t

c urrent .

6.

7.
LOWER t o " CONT . " .

Turn " Power ON" Swit ch ON .

tM
Adj us t " Timer Operat ion Sele ctor" Swi t ch UPPER to "N . O . MOM" ,

" Power ON� light sho uld glow .

ar
8. Init �at e unit by p re s s ing and ho lding " Initiat e " Swit ch .

9. S e t t e s t c urrent t o de s ired value b y rot at ing "Main Contro l

lP

( c lo c kwis � ) whi le j ogging " Initiat e " Swit c h . )

1 0 . Set "Time r Operat ion Sele ctor" Swi t ch UPPER to "N . O . MAINT . " ,
LOWER t o " TIMER" .
ca

1 1 . Res e t t imer t o zero wit h "Timer Res e t " button .

12 . Ini t iat e unit by p re s s ing " Initiat e " Swit ch .

Timer will run and
tri

t e s t c urrent will flow unt il the re lay trip ci rcuit contacts c lo s e .

1 3 . Read t ime r . Time s hown i s t o t al t ime o f test . Re cord time .

lec

1 4 . Turn " Power ON" . Swit ch OFF .

Test ing Timing Overcurrent Unit - Sy s t em Vo lt age Re st raint

1. Repe at St eps 1 - 8 above - "Timing Tes t " .

.E

2. Rot at e " Aux . Cont ro l" clo ckwise t o incre ase applied vo lt age t o a
value equal to s y s t em vo ltage .

3. Repe at S t eps 9 - 14 above - "Timing Te s t " .

w
ww
 om
3 - 29

VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OVERCURRENT RELAY

.c
(WESTINGHOUS E TYPE COV )

GENERAL

ls
The COV re lay c ontains an induct ion disc overcurrent unit and an
instantaneous undervo ltage unit . The undervoltage unit s upervis e s

ua
the operat ion o r t he overcurrent unit . Regardles s o r the amount o r
current pas s ing t hrough the operating c o il o r t he overcurrent unit ,
no operat ion takes p la c e unles s the undervo ltage unit has " dropped
out " . This means that the overcurrent unit may be set t o operat e
o n les s than full load curr ent when the vo ltage falls below a

an
predet ermined value . Convers e ly , the overcurrent unit will not
operat e as long as the voltage is abo ve the predet ermined value .

This re lay is normally us ed t o pro t e c t a generator agains t a bus

fault .

Te s t ing

Typical Tes t s
tM
ar
Pickup - unde rvo ltage unit
Dropout - undervo ltage unit
lP

Vo ltage c ontrol o r overcurrent unit

Pickup - overcurrent unit
Time current char·ac teris tics - overcurrent unit .
ca

ALWAYS REFER TO MANUFACTURER ' S LITERATURE BEFORE TESTING

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

tri

CONTROL POS ITION

" Power On" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ·• • • • • • • • • OFF

lec

"Timer Operat ion S e l e c t or " Swit ch • • • • UPPER - "N . O . Maint . "

LOWER - "CONT . "

" Main Cont ro l " • • • • • . . . • • . . • • • • . . • • • • • Zero ( count erc lockwis e )

.E

" Aux . Power" Swit ch • • . . • . . . • . • • • • • • • • " INT . "

"Voltmet er Range " Switch . . . • . . . . • • • • • So that d e s ired t e s t vo ltage may

be read in upper 1/ 3 o r s cale

"Vo ltmeter Se l e c t or " Switch . "AC- 3 "

w

. . . . • • • . •

'•Aux . Se lec t o r " Switch . . . . . . . . • . • • • . • "AC- 3 1 5 0 "

ww

" Aux . Contro l " . . • . . • . • . . • . . . . . . • . . • • • Zero ( c ount erc lockwi s e )

"AC Range " Swit c h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • lOA

 om
(
3 � 30

.c
CONTROL POS ITION

"DC Range " SW1t ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SA

"Main Amme ter Range"' Switch • • • • • • • • • • • "500 "

ls
�oltage Relay Tes t " (DET ) SWitch • • • • • Set "�"

ua
" Output # l-# 2 " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Output # l

Te s ting Pi ckup and Dropout o f Undervoltage Unit

an
-
1. Conne c t the test s e t t o a s uitab le · s ource o f p ower as indicat ed
on the namep late and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF .
CHECK THE "POWER ON" LIGHT .

2.

3.
tM
C onne c t the " AC Output #3 " b inding posts · of the t e s t set t o the
undervoltage unit operating c oil t erminals .

C onne c t a p air of light leads from the "Re lay C ontact s " b inding
ar
p os ts of the test s e t to the · relay so ·t hat ope ration or. the
undervoltage unit contacts may be ob s e rve d .

4. Turn "Power ON" Switch ON . "Power ON" and " Cont inuity " lights
lP

s hould glow .

5. Initiate t e s t set by pushing " Init iate " switch .

ca

6. Rotat e "Aux . C ont rol " ( c lockwis e ) t o increase voltage applied

to undervo ltage unit operating coil unti l t he Continuity light
j us t goes out . Read and re cord this value of vo lt age as
"pick-up of undervolt age unit . "
tri

7. C ontinue t o r otate "Aux. Control " c lockwi s e t o increas e app lied

voltage unti l relay rated vo ltage is read on t e s t set voltme t er .
lec

8. Rotat e "Aux . Contro l" c ount erclockwise t o dec rease applied

vo ltage unt il the Continuity light j us t light s . Read and record
this value o f voltage as " drop out of the undervo ltage 4nit . "
.E

9. Ret urn "Aux . Control 11 t o zero and t urn t e s t s et "Power ON" switch
OFF .

T� s ting Vo ltage C ontrol of Overcurrent Re lay

l. Conne c t the test set to a s uitab le source o f power as indicat ed

w

on the namep late and ground . BE SURE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF . CHECK
THE " POWER ON " LIGHT .

.
ww

2. Connect the " AC Output #3 " b inding p os t s of the test set t o the (
undervoltage unit operating c oil terminals .

3. Conne ct "Outp ut #1 " t e rminals of the t e s t s e t to the overc urrent

unit op erat ing coil terminals .
 om
3 - 31

Adj us t "Main Ammete r Range " switch s o that the des ired t e s t

.c
4.
c urrent ma y b e read o n the upper 1/3 o f the me ter s cale .

5. C onnect light leads from the t e s t s e t binding po s t s marked

"Re lay Contacts " to the re lay t rip circuit c ontact s t ermina ls .

ls
6. Adj us t "Timer Operation Selector Swit ch " - UPPER t o "N . O . MAINT . "
LOWER to "TIMER" .

ua
1. Initiate test set b y pus hing " Initiate " swit ch .

8. Rotate "Aux . Cont ro l 't c lockwis e until relay rated vo ltage is

read on voltmeter .

an
9. Rotate "Main Contro l " c l oc kwis e until the value o f current read
on the main amme ter is app roximate ly 4 times t ap value o f the
overcurrent unit .

tM
10 . The overc urrent unit s hould � operat e t o c l o s e the re lay t rip
c i rcuit c ontac t s .

1 1 � Rotate "Aux . Cont ro l " c ounterc lockwis e t o reduce vo ltage unt i l

ar
undervoltage unit "drops out " .

12 . The overcurrent unit s hould operat e to c los e the re lay t rip

circuit contacts . This s t ops t imer and de-e nergiz e s the · re l ay .
lP

Te s t ing Pickup o f Overcurrent Unit I

ca

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

CONTROL POS ITION

" Powe r On " OFF

tri

. • . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • •

" Time r Operat ion S e le c t o r " Swi t ch . . . • . UPPER - " N . O . MOM "
LOWER - " CONT . II
lec

" I·1ain Cont ro l " • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . • . • . Zero ( c ount e r c l o c kwi s e )

"Aux . Power" Swit ch . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . " INT . "

"Vo ltmeter Range " Switch 3 00

.E

. . . . . . . . . . • • • •

"Vo ltmeter Se le ctor 11 Switch . . . . • . • . . . • " EXT . A. C . "

"Aux . Se le c t o r " Switch . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . • "VERN"

" Aux . C ont ro l " Swit ch Zero ( c ount erc lockwis e )

w

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • .

" AC Range � Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . lOA

ww

"DC Range " Swit ch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5A

 om
(
3 - 32

C ONTROL POS ITION r

.c
"Main Amme te r Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • So that des ired t e s t c urrent
will b e read in upper 1/3 of
meter s cale .

ls
�oltage Re lay Tes t " (DET ) Swit ch • • • • • Set "NORM"

" O utput # 1 - # 2 " Swi t ch • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • Output # 1

ua
Te s t ing P i ck-Up

-
1. Conne c t the t e s t s e t to a s uitab le s ource or p ower as indicat ed

an
on the namep late and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF .
CHECK THE "POWER ON" LIGHT .

2. C onnec t overcurr e nt unit operat ing coil t o righthand Common

tM
and 8 0 volt t ap o f "Output # 1 " .

3. C onnec t li ght leads from b inding post s marked " Re lay Contact s "
t o trip circuit c ontact t e rminals or the re lay .
ar
�. Adj ust " Timer Operat ion Selector" Swit ch - UPPER t o . "N . O . MAINT . " ,
. LOWER t o " CONT . " .
lP

5. The undervo ltage unit c ontacts mus t remain c losed .

)
6. Turn " Power ON " Switch "ON" . " Power ON" light s hould glow .
ca

1. Initiate �t by p re s s ing " Initiat e " swit ch .

8. Rotate "Main Contro l " ( c lockwis e ) to increas e outp ut until re lay

p i cks up and Continuity light flickers . The "Aux . C ontrol " may
tri

b e us e d as a fine adj us tment for "Main Control " .

9. Read current on Amme ter and record .

lec

Te s t ing Time Current Charact eris t i cs · - Overcurrent Unit

1. C onne ct the t e s t s e t to a s uit ab le source of power as indicat ed

on the namep late and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS Q£!_.
.E

CHECH THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .

2. Conne ct re lay overcurrent unit operat ing c oil t o righthand

C ommon and 8 0 volt tap of "Output 1 1 " . ( NOTE : Te st current
should not exceed 40 amps . If re lay tap e xc eeds 8 , move t ap t o
4 o r 5 pos ition for this t e s t . )
w

3. S e l e c t ammeter range s o that t e s t current will be read in upp e r

1/3 o f me ter s cale . Pre-s et amme t e r nee dle us ing " Pointe r
(
ww

Pre -s e t •· . Set t o 1/2 divis i on b e low de s ired c urrent value .

 om
3 - 33

4. Adj us t "Timer Ope rat ion Sele ctor" Switch - UPPER to " N . O . MOM" ,
LOWER t o "CONT . " .

.c
5. Turn "Power ON" swit ch " ON" . Power "ON" light should glow .

6. Initiate unit by pre s s ing " Init iate " swit ch

7. Set test curr e nt des ired by j ogging unit with "Initiate " switch

ls
and rotating "Main Control " (clockwis e ) to increase output unt il
required tes t current is reached . "Aux . Control" may be us ed
for fine adj us tment .

ua
8. The �1dervo lt age unit c ontacts mus t remain c losed .

9. C onnect light leads from b inding posts marked �e lay Contacts "
on the test s et to trip circuit c ontact terminals on re lay

an
overcurrent unit .
10 . Set "Timer Operat ion Selector" Swit ch - UPPER t o " N 0 . MAINT" ,
LOWER t o "TIMER" .
.

11 .

12 .
tM
Re set time r to zero with "Timer Re set " button.

Initiat e unit by pre s s ing " Init iate Swit ch . Timer will run and
tes t current will flow � The tes t s e t will aut omat ically cut o r r ,
ar
and the time r will s t op when re lay contacts make .
1 3 . Read t imer . Time shown is t otal t ime o r te s t . Rec ord time .
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
 om
- 34
(
3
INDUCTION D ISC OVER , UNDER OR OVER/UNDER
)

.c
VOLTAGE RELAYS
( We st inghouse Type CV ) ( General Electric Typ e IAV )

GENERAL

ls
The voltage relay is a load b alanc ing relay and is not intended
t o c lear a fault 1n t he p ower system . In mo s t applicat ions i t is
used as an undervoltage device and is d e s igned t o de-energiz e the

ua
power c ir c uit whenever voltage ralls b e low a predetermined value .
Time or operat ion may b e inst antaneous or de layed .
The t ime delay undervoltage relay is als o an induct ion disc re lay .
The act ion or the spiral spring is t o keep t he relay c ontac t s t rip

an
c ircuit clo sed . The t orque produced when voltage is applied t o
t he re lay ' s voltage actuated c o il opp o s e s the spring act ion . Thus ,
as t he app lied voltage decreas e s , the dis c rotat e s t o close the
r e lay trip circuit c ontact s .

tM
The overvolt age relay has t he opp osite operation . The spring
act i on keeps t he re lay trip c ircuit c ontact s open whenever vo ltage
1n the c ircuit is normal or below normal . A higher than normal
voltage produc es operat ing t orque on t �e relay disc .
ar
TEST PROCEDURES
T:Ype of Te s t s
lP

Pickup
T1m.1ng
)
ALWAYS REFER TO MANUFACTURER ' S LITERATURE BEFORE TESTING
ca

S��p OF C ONTROLS BEFORE TEST

C ONTROL POS ITION

tri

" Power ON" Sw1t ch • . • • . . • • . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . OFF

"Timer Operat ion Selector" Swit ch • UPPER-N . O . MA INT "
lec

• . • • • • • • • • • • • • •

LOWER- "C ONT . "

"Main C ontrol " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Z ero ( count erclock-
wise )
"Aux . Power" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •, • • • • • • " INT "
.E

�oltmeter Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • So that desired test voltage

will b e read 1n UPPER 1/3
or scale

� oltmeter Select or" Switch • • • . • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "V . RLY . "

w

"Aux . Selector" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "V . RLY " .

ww

" Aux . C ontrol " • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • Zero ( count e rclock- (

wise )
" AC Range " Swit ch . • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA ( not on SR-21 )
 om
3 - 35

CONTROL POSITION
'
"DC Range " Swit ch • • • • • . • • • • • • �• • • • • • • • 5A

.c
"Main Ammet�r Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • 500

"Voltage Re lay Tes t " ( DET ) Switch • • • • • S e t "NORM"

"Output # 1-#2 " Switch • "Outp.ut 1 2 "

ls
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Tes t ing fo r Pi ckup

ua
1. Conne ct t he re lay tes t s e t to a s uitab le s ource o r power as
indic at ed on the namep lat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH
IS OFF . CHECK THE "POWER ON" LIGHT .

an
2. Conne ct relay operating coil t o t e rminals marked "AC Output # 3 "
o n re lay t e s t er .

3. Conne ct light leads from b inding po s t s marked "Relay Cont a c t s "

to trip circuit contact terminals o r the re lay .

4.

5.
tM
Turn "Power ON" Swi t ch O N . " Power ON " light should glow .

Initiat e - unit by p re s s ing " Initiat e " Swit ch �

ar
6. Ro tate "Main Contro l " ( clockwi s e ) t o increas e vo ltage unt i l
Cont inuit y light flickers .
lP

7. Re cord this value o r vo ltage as p i ckup o f the re lay .

Tes t ing Timing

ca

1. Conne c t the re lay t e s t er to a s ui tab le s ourc e o r power as

indi cat e d on the namep lat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH
IS OFF . CHECK THE "POWER ON" LIGHT .
tri

2. Conne ct re lay operating co i l to t e rminals marke d "AC Out p ut # 3 "

o r the re lay tes ter .
lec

3. Turn " Power ON" Swi t ch to ON . " Power ON" li ght s ho uld glow .

4. Init iat e unit b y p re s s ing " Init i at e " Swi t ch .

5. Set normal re lay vo ltage ( s ee relay namep lat e ) by rotating

.E

"Main Cont rol" ( c lo ckwis e ) to increase o utput . Read vo lt age

on vo ltme t er .

6. Conne c t light leads from b inding p o s t s marked "Re lay Cont act s "
to t rip c ircuit contact t e rminals on t he re lay .

7.
w

Adj us t "Time r Operation Sele ct o r " Swit ch , UP PER to "N . O . MAINT" ,

LOWER t o "TIMER" .
ww
 om
(
3 - 36
8. Turn �oltage Relay Tes t " Switch t o " Set Fault " position .
)

.c
9. Set fault relay voltage ( over or under normal ) b y rotat ing
" Aux . C ontrol " ( c lockwis e ) t o increas e out put . Read voltage
on Voltmeter . ( NOTE.: Rotate "Aux . C ontrol " unt il volt age
read on Voltmeter is approximate ly 2 vo lts higher than de sired
t e s t voltage .

ls
10 . Reset timer t o zero .

ua
11 . Turn "Voltage Relay Te s t " Swit ch t o "Te st " p o sit ion .

NOTE : The fault voltage ( over or under normal ) as set in

Step 9 , will b e impre s s ed on t he relay operat ing

an
coil instantaneous ly . The t imer will aut omatically
s tart .
12 . When relay trip circuit c ontact s make , the t imer will s t op .
Read t imer . Time shown indicat e s time in which the relay

. 13 .
t ime •
tM
c ontac t s closed after impre s s ing fault voltage . Rec ord this

If de s ired , turn "Voltage . Re lay Te st " Swit ch back t o · �NORMAL" .

ar
Remove one lead from "Re lay C ontac t s " b inding post . Init iate
unit by pre s s ing " Init iat e " Swit ch . Replace lead in "Re lay
C ontact s " b inding post . �epeat Steps 8 t hrough 12 for other
values of fault voltage .
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
 om
3 - 37

TYP ICAL TESTS FOR INSTANTANEOUS VOLTAGE RELAYS

( Wes tinghous e Type sv , SV- 1 ) ( Ge neral Ele c t ri c Typ e P JV )

.c
ALWAYS REFER TO MANUFACTURER ' S LITERATURE BEFORE TESTING

Type or Tes t s

ls
P ickup
Dropout

ua
S ETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST
CONTROL POSITION
" Powe r ON" Swit ch OFF

an
• • • • • • • • • . • . . • • • . • • • • . . • • •

" Time r Ope ration Se le ctor" Swit ch • • . • • • • • • • UPPER- "N . O . MAINT . "
LOWER- " CONT . "

tM
"Main Contro l " . . • • • • • . • • . . . . . . . . . • • . . • . • • • • Z ero ( counterclo ckwis e )
"Aux . Powe r" Swi t ch • • . . • • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . " INT . "
"Vo ltmeter Range " Swi t ch So that de s ired t e s t vo l t age
ar
. . . . . . . . . . • . • • . . . . .

may b e read in upp e r 1/ 3

o r s cale

" Voltme ter Sele ctor" Swi t ch "A C 2"

lP

. . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . .

" Aux . S e le ctor" Swit ch . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . .

" VERN . "
.
ca

" Aux . Contro l " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zero ( counterclo ckwi s e )

" A . C . Range " Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l O A ( Not on SR- 2 1)
tri

" DC Range " Swi tch . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . SA

" l'tain Amme ter Range " Swi t ch . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . 500
lec

"Vo lt age Re lay Tes t " ( DET) Swit ch • . . . . . . . . . . Set "NORM"

" Outp ut # 1- # 2 " Swi t ch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . "Outp ut 1 2 "
Tes t ing for P i ckup
.E

1. Conne ct SR- 5 1 to a s ui t ab le source o r powe r as indi c ate d on

the namep late and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF .
CtiECK THE " POWER Ol'i" LI GHT .
2. Conne ct re lay ope rat ing co il terminals to " AC Output # 2 " b inding
w

posts o f the test s e t .

3. Conne ct light leads from t es t s e t binding po s t s marked " Re lay
ww

Cont acts " to the re lay trip circui t contac t terminals .

 om
3 - 38

4. T urn "Power ON " Switch ON . " Power ON" li ght and continuity

.c
li ght should glow .

5. Initiate test s e t by p�s s ing " Initiat e " Swi t ch .

6. Rotate "Main Control" clo ckwi s e until continuity ligh� is j us t

ls
e xtinguishe d . Th e "Aux . Contro l" may b e use d tor tine adj us tment .

1. Read pickup vo ltage on voltme ter . Reco rd .

ua
8. C ontinue t o rotate "Main C ont ro l " clo ckwis e unti l rel ay normal
volt age ( o n re lay nameplat e ) is read o n voltmeter .

9. Rotate "Main Control" co unterclo ckwise to de cre as e vo ltage

an
unti l the continuity light j us t glows . The "Aux . Control" may
b e us e d as a tine adj ustment .

1 0 . Read and re cord this value o t voltage as dropo ut .

11 . Turn test s e t OFF .
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w

(
ww
 om
3 - 39

TESTS FOR .
GENERAL ELECTRIC PHASE SEQUENCE AND UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY ( TYPE ICR )

.c
OR
WESTINGHOUSE REVERSE PHASE RELAY ( TYPE C P )

GENERAL

ls
Wes t inghous e Type CP and General Electric Type ICR relays are t hree­
pha s e voltage induct ion disc relay s us ed t o prot ect for undervoltage

ua
or p has e reversal in AC s y s t ems .

The C P and ICR re lay electromagnet s c ontain t hree ( 3 ) c o ils . When

the three ( 3 ) c o ils are energized , out -o f-pha s e fluxes are produc ed
c aus ing t he dis c to rot at e t oward c lo s ure of the high vo ltage c ontac t .

an
The out -o f-pha s e flux e s produced when a p ha s e i s revers ed , c ause t he
di s c t o rotat e to c l o s e the low vo ltage c o nt act s . Low vo lt age w i t h
proper phase rotat ion ma y not produc e enough t orque o n t h e disc t o
o vercome mec hanical t e n s ion in a s pring and the low voltage c ont ac t s
w i l l c lo s e .

tM
Pickup , Dropout and Operat ing T ime o f t he re lay may b e
varied b y adj us tment s .

TYPE OF TESTS
ar
Pickup Minimum vo ltage to c lo s e Normally Open c ontact
Dro pout - Maximum voltage at whic h Normally Clo s ed c.ont act s
will c lo s e
lP

Lo s s o f One Phas e
Phase Sequence
T iming
ca

EQU IPMENT REQUIRED

Model SR- 5 1 Re lay Test er

l- 3 PH Synt he s i zer A c c e s s ory
tri

NOTE : If Mode l CS-7 Pha s e Shi ft er and Phase Angle Met er

unit i s s up p lied , l- 3 PH Synt hes izer is not required .
Refer t o inst ruct ions on t e st ing. o f t he s e r e lays
in CS-7 instr uct ion manua l .
lec

ALWAYS REFER TO MANUFACTURER ' S LITERATURE BEFORE TESTING

.E
w
ww
 om
3 - 40

r .r
SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

.c
C ONTROL POSITION

SR-51

" Power ON" Swit ch •

ls
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

" T imer Operat ion Selector" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • UPPER- "N . O . MAINT . "

ua
LOWER-"CONT . "

"Main C ontrol" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( count erclockwi s e )

" Aux . Power" · switc h • " INT . "

an
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

"Voltme t er Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • l50

" Vo ltme t er Select or" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "EXT . AC "

" Aux . Contro l" •

tM
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

" Aux . Se lector" Swi t c h • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Z ero . ( count erclockwi s e )

AC Out put # 3 l 5 0V
ar
'

�.·

" AC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA .

"DC Range " Sw1t ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5A

lP

"Main Ammet er Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • soo )

"Vol t age Relay Te s t " ( DET ) Swit ch • • • • • • • • • s e t " NORM"
ca

" Outp ut l l-1 2 " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • :• • • • • • Output 1 1

l-3PH Ac c e s s ory
tri

" Balance " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Red Dot

T e s t ing Pic kup

lec

1. C onnect the SR- 5 1 t o .a s ui t able s ourc e o f power as indicat ed on

t he nameplat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF . CHECK
THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .
.E

2. Connect "AC Output 1 3 " ( y ellow ) t erminals t o yellow t erminal s

marked " Input " on l-3PH acces sory unit .

3. Connect white t erminals " EXT . VM . " on SR- 51 t o white t erminals

marked "EXT . VOLTMETER 0-150 " on l-3PH ac c e s s ory unit .
w

4. Us ing #18 flexib le leads , make the following connect ions b etween
the l- 3 PH ac c e s s ory and the relay under t est :
ww

a - red t erminal "A" t o re lay t erminal for Phase l or A (

b - yellow t erminal " B " to relay t erminals for Phase 2 or B
c - b lue t erminal " C " t o relay t e rminal for Phase 3 or C
 om
3 - 41
5. C onnec t two #18 flexib le leads from whi t e t e rminals on SR-51
marked "Re lay Contact s " to r e lay t e rininals which will permit
ob s ervat ion or operat ion or relay Normally Open contact s .

.c
6. Turn " Power ON " Swit ch to ON . Amb er pilot light s hould glow .

7. Init iat e SR- 5 1 t e s t s et . Pres s red " Init iat e " Swit c h . Red
light 1n switch s hould glow .

ls
8. - Rotat e " Aux . Cont r o l " c lockwis e unt il c ont inuit y light flicker s .

9. Check AB-AC-BC swit ch p o s it ions for b alance o r voltage . Readj us t

ua
Balance or l-3PH as nec es sary t o get t he three volt ages as c lo s e
as po s s ible .

10 . Rec ord the average o r the thr e e vo lt age s ( AB-AC-BC ) as p ickup .

an
1 1 . Turn " Power ON" Swi t c h OFF . Ret urn " Aux . Contro l " t o z er o .

T e s t ing Dropo ut

1.
2. tM
Repe at Steps 1-4 ab ove

C o nnect two #18 flexib le leads from whit e t erminals on SR- 5 1

marked " Re lay C ontact s " t o relay t erminals which w ill permit
ar
o b s ervat ion o r o p erat ion o r r e lay Normally C lo s ed c ontac t s .

3. Throw " Power ON " Swit ch ON . Ambe r p ilot light and green c on t in -
uit y light - should g lo w .
lP

4. Pres s " Init iat e " Swit ch . Red light 1n switch should gl ow .
ca

5. Ro t at e " Aux . C ont r o l " c lo c kwis e unt il c ont inuit y light ext inguis h e �

6. Che c k AB-AC-BC swi t c h p o s it ions for b al anc e o r volt ages . Readj us t

b alanc e o r l- 3PH as ne c e s sary t o get t h e . t hree voltag e s as c l o s e
a s p o s s ib l e .
tri

7. Rec ord t he average of t he t hr e e voltage s as dropout .

lec

T e s t ing Lo s s o f One Phase

1. Repeat S t e p s 1- 4 under "Test ing Dropo ut " .

2. Rotat e " Aux . Cont r o l " c lo c kw i s e unt i l rat ed voltage has b e en

.E

app li ed t o r e lay c oi l s . Cont inuit y l ight s hould b e ext ingui s he d .

3. Che c k AB-AC-BC swi t c h p o s i t ions for balanc e . Adj us t as nec e s s ar y .

4. C ar efully remove lead from red t erminal " A " on l- 3 PH ac c e s s or y .

Aft er a few s e c onds , t he green c o nt inui t y l ight should glow .
w

5. Turn " Power ON" Sw i t c h OFF . Ret urn " Aux . Contro l " t o z ero .
ww
 om
3 - 42

Test ing Phas e Sequenc e

(

.c
1. Repe at Step s 1-3 under "Test ing Los s o r One Phas e " .

2. Carefully int erchange the c onnections on the l-3 PH acc e s sory .

Lead c onnect ed t o red t erminal " A " should b e moved t o y ellow
t erminal " B " and lead on y ellow t erminal " B " moved t o red

ls
t erminal " A " .

ua
3. The movab le contact on the relay should make the low voltage
c ontact . The green cont inuity light should glow .

4. Replac e " A " and " B " test leads in proper s equenc e .

an
5. Turn " Power ON" Switch OFF . Ret urn " Aux . Contro l " t � zero .
T e s t ing Timing

tM
1. Repeat Steps 1-4 under t e s t ing "Dropout " .

2. Adj us t " Aux . Se lector" swit ch o n t est s et t o � . Rly " posit ion .

3. Change " Output # l-# 2 " t oggle switch--.:.1; 0 "Output # 2 " po s iti on .
ar
4. Turn " Aux . C ontro l " fully count erc lockwise t o· z ero .

5. Turn " Powe� 0�" Switch ON . Amber light should glow . Green
lP

c ont inuity light sh 0 1.1.ld glow .

6. Initiat e unit by pre s s ing red " Init iat e " switc h . Red light
ca

should glow 1n s wit ch .

1. Rot at e " Ma�n Contro l" c lo c kwis e unt il ra� ed voltage is impre s s ed
acro s s rela� . Check balanc e and readj ust if nec e s s ary . Green
light will be ext inguished •
tri

. 8. Res e t t imer to zero with res et button .

lec

9. Adj us t "Timer Operation S e l e c t or " Swit c h LOWER t o "Timer "

pos it ion .
10 . Turn "Voltage Relay Tes t " swit ch to "Test " pos it ion .
.E

1 1 . When t ime r s t ops , test is c omp let e . Read t iming value on t imer
and record .
12 . Turn " Power ON " swit ch to OFF .
13. Remove all t e s t leads .
w
ww
 om
. .. 3 - 43
P ERC ENTAGE D IFFERENT IAL RELAYS
,. ( We s t in gho us�.. Type CA ) ( 9,�f1- e ral Ele c t ri c Type IJD )

.c
GENERAL

This relay c ompare s . two s imilar curr ent s 1n a c i-rcuit , i . e .

primary and s ec ondary c urrent o f a transformer . S ince the relay

ls
c ompare s two c urr ent s , it is c onne c t ed t o two current trans formers .
That port ion o f t he c ircuit between t he two CT primarie s is referred
to as the relay ' s " zone o r· prote c t ion " . The perc entage different ial

ua
relay operat e s to c lo s e its trip c ircuit c ontac t s and t rip a
c ir c uit breaker ( s ) whenever it sense s an abnormal c ondition within
t he " zone of pro t e c t ion" . The degree o f unbalance or abnormality
t he relay may tolerat e i s a funct ion o r the relay ' s de s ign .
( i . e . 5 % , 10 % , 2 5 % or 5 0 % different ial )

an
The simp le percentage different ial re lay has two re straint c oils
and one operat ing c o i l . The operat ing c o il is c ommon t o t he two
r e st rain ing c oil c ircuit s . Under normal c ondit ions , t he current s

tM
1n t he operat ing c oil produce torque s t hat are equal in magnitude
but opp o s it e in dire c t ion and t hus c anc e l .

Under fault c onditions , these c urrent s in the operat ing c o i l b e c ome

unequal and produce an operat ing torque on t he dis c . - · When t he
ar
different ial c urrent reache s a p redetermined amount , as governed
b y re lay des ign , the re lay t rip c ircuit c ont ac t s c lo s e .
lP

TEST PROCEDURES

ALWAYS REFER TO MANUFACTURER ' S L ITERATURE BEFORE TESTING

ca

Type o f Te s t s

Pickup
Time Current C harac t er i s t i c s
tri

Through Fault
Slope (Canno t be performed wit h SR-21 )

SETUP OF C ONTROLS BEFORE TEST

lec

CONTROL POSITION

" Power ON" Switch • • • • • • • • • . . • • • . •. • • • • • .• • • • • • • • • • • OFF

.E

" T imer Operat ion Se lec t o r " Swi t c h • . • • . . . • • • • • . . • . U PPER- " N . O . MOM "
LOWER-"C ONT "

" Ma in C ontrol " . • • • • • • • • • • • • . . . . • . • • . • . • • • • • • • • • • • Z ero ( co unter-

c lo c kwis e )

.. . . . .. . . .
w

" Aux . Powe r " Swit c h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " NT

I ."

300
"
"Vo ltmet er Range " Swit ch . • . . . . . . . • . . . . • • . . • • . • . • • .
ww
 om
( .· }
CONTROL POSITION

.c
"Vo ltmeter Selector " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • � • • • • • "EXT . A . C . "

"Aux . Selec tor" Swit ch • •

.
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • .- . • ·• : · ;.
• • • • • "VERN . n

" Aux . C ontrol" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • : • • • • • • Zero ( counterclock-

ls
wise )
"A . C • . Range" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • l OA ( Not on SR-21 )

ua
"D . C . Range " Switch • • • • • •. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • � • • • • • SA
."Main Ammeter Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • •
• • •so that desired test
• • • • • •

current may be read in UPPER

1/3 of meter scale

an
"Vo lt age Relay Test " ( "D ire c t . Element ) Switch • • • Set "NORM "

" Outp ut # 1-# 2 " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Output # 1

Test ing Pickup

1. tM
C onnect the MULTI-AMP relay te st�r to a suitab le source o f
power a s indicat ed on the nameplate and ground . BE SURE THE
ar
MAIN SWITCH IS Q!f.. CHECK THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .

2. Connect operat ing coil and one restraint coil of re lay t o

" Output # 1 " o f the test unit . Connect to right-hand Common and
lP

10 volt tap .

3. C onnect light leads from b inding post s marked "Relay C ontac t s "
ca

t o trip circuit contact terminals o f the re lay .

NOTE : This relay usually has one moving c ontact and two fixed
contact s . Use t erminals for moving c ontact and one o f
the fix�d cont ac t s .
tri

4. Select proper amme ter range so that expected pickup current will
b e read in UPPER 1/3 o r Main Amme ter s cale .
lec

5. Set "Timer Operat ion Selector " Switch UPPER to " N . o . MAINT . " ,
LOWER t o "CONT . " .
6. Turn " Power ON" Swit ch ON . " Power ON"
. ' light should glow .
.E

1. Initiate unit by pre s s ing "Initiate " Switch .

8. Rotat e "Main Control" ( c lockwise ) t o incre ase output until
relay pi cks up and Continui ty light flicke rs . " Aux . C ontro l "
may be used ror tine adj us tment . Re ad and reco rd current .
" .
w

9. Move one light lead t o re l ay terminal for other tixed c ontact

or the relay and repeat St ep s 4 thr ough 8 .
ww

(
 om
3 - 45
Te s t ing Time Current C haract e ri s t i c s

1. C onnec t t he MULTI-AMP relay t e st er t o a suitable s ource o r power

as indicated on t he nameplat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN

.c
SWITC H IS OFF . C HEC K THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .
-
'

2. C onnec t operat ing c o il and one re s t raint coil or re lay t o

" Output f l " o r the t e s t er . C onnec t t o right -hand C ommon and
10 volt tap .

ls
3. Select proper amme t er range . Set amme ter Pre-Set me chanism
1/2 divis ion below des ired t e s t current . ( Se e "Current Metering

ua
C ircuit " )

4. Turn " Power ON " Swit ch ON . " Power ON" ·light should glow .

an
5. Set t e s t c urrent de s ired b y j ogging unit with " Init iate " Swit c h
and rotat ing "Main C ontro l " ( c lockwis e ) t o increase output .
U s e "Aux . C ontrol " for f ine adj ustment . ( Se e "Current Met e ring
C ir cuit " )

6.

7.
tM
C onnec t light leads from b inding p o s t s marke t "Re lay C ont ac t s "
t o trip c ircuit c ontac t t e rminals o r the re lay ( terminals
for moving c ontact and one or the fixed c ontact s ) .
,.

Set "Timer Operat ion Sele c t o r " Switch UPPER-to "N . O . MOM" ,
ar
LOWER- "FAST TRIP " .

8. Re set t imer t o zero with "Timer Re set " button .

lP

9. Initiate unit by pre s s ing and holding " Init iat e " Swit ch .
As soon a.s t imer s t op s , re lease 11 Init iat e " Swit ch .
ca

10 . Read t imer . Time shown is t ot al t ime o f te s t .

11 . D i s c onnec t lead from t he re s traint coil o f re lay and c onnect

to the o ther res traint c oil .
tri

12 . Repeat Steps 7 through 10 .

lec

Te s t ing "Through Fault "

1. C onnec t t he MULTI-AMP re lay t e s t er t o a suitable s ource of power

a s indicated on the name p lat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN
SWITC H IS Q£1_. CHEC K THE " POWER ON " LIGHT .
.E

2. C onne c t " Output 1 1 " o f re lay t e s t e r t o re s traint c o i l terminal s

s o that c urrent flows t hrough t he coils in s erie s . C onnec t t o
right -hand Common and 10 volt tap .

3. Se l e c t proper Amme ter Range on Main Amme t e r .

w
ww
 om
3 - 46
4. Set " Timer Operation Selector" Switch UPPER to "N . o . MAINT . " ,
LOWER t o "CONT . " .

.c
5. Turn " Power ON" Swit ch ON . "Power ON" light should glow .

6. Init iat e unit by pres s ing " Init iat e " Switc h .
-

ls
1. Rotat e "Main Control " ( c l o c kwise ) to increas e output t o des ired
value . Read current on amme ter ( approximately 20 amperes ) .

ua
8. Manually turn relay disc for evidenc e of restraint . Turn
" Power ON" Switch OFF .
Te s t ing Slope ( Cannot be performed with Model SR-21 )

an
1. C onnect the MULTI-AMP relay tester t o a suitable s ource o r
p ower as indicated o n the nameplate and ground . BE SURE THE
MAIN SWITCH IS Q.Ef.. C HECK THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .

tM
2. C onnect " Output # 1 " of the relay tester to re straint coil
t erminals so current flows through them 1n series . Use right­
hand Common and 10 v olt tap of "Output 1 1 " .
3. C onnec t light leads from b inding·"'·posts marked "Relay Contact s "
ar
·

t o · trip c ircuit contact terminal o f the relay . ( terminals

for moving c ontact and one of the fixed contact s )
lP

4. Select proper Amme ter Range on "Main Ammeter" for larger

c urrent s de s ired . ( 20 to 30 amperes depending on perc ent )
differential o r re lay )
ca

s. Turn "Aux . Selector" Swit ch to " 2 4-AC - 3 " posit ion .

6. C onnect operat ing c oi l and one re straint c oil or relay t o
t erminals marked "AC Output 1 3 " . Instantane ous ± of " Output 1 1 "
tri

and "AC Output 1 3" o f the relay t e s t er should b e c onne cted t o

same relay terminal . NOTE : . On We st inghouse Type CA relay .
"AC Output 1 3 " must b e c onnected to operating coil and untapped
re straint coil of the re lay .
lec

1. Set " Timer Operat ion Selector" Swit ch UPPER to "N . O . MAINT . " ,
LOWER to "CONT" .
8. Turn "Power ON" Swit ch ON . "Power ON" light should glow .
.E

9. Init iat e unit b y pressing " Initiat e " Swit ch .

1 0 . Rot ate "Main C ontro l " ( c lockwise ) t o increase output from

" Output 1 1 " t o desired value o r larger current . Read current
on Main Ammeter .
w

(
ww

)
 om
3 - 47

11 . Rotat e " Aux . Control " (clockWis e ) t o increase output from

" A . C . Output # 3" until C ontinuity light flickers . Read

.c
Differential Current on Second Amme ter .

ls
ua
12 . It de sired , test may b e repeated tor opposite restraint c o il
by disc onnecting test leads from operating c oil t.erminal and
first restraint c oil terminal and rec onnecting test leads t o
opposite restraint c oil terminal and operating c oil terminal .

an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
 om
- 48
( .�r
3

.c
PERCENTAGE DIFFERENTIAL RELAY

(WESTlNGHOOSE TYPE CA- 5 )

ls
GENERAL

ua
The CA-5 Percentage Differential Relay consists o r one restraining
eleme nt with two. windings , and one operat ing element . The ope rat­
ing e lement is energized through an external auxiliary c·urrent
t rans former •Taps t o control t he sensitivity o r t he relay are
.

.locat ed in this external t rans former .

an
The unit operat e s on the induct ion disc princ iple with both electr­
omagnet s operating on the s ame disc . The front electromagnet is t he
restraining element and the rear elec tromagnet is the operat ing
element .

Te sting

NOTE :
tM
This t est procedure spec ifically app lies to the We stinghous e
ar
Typ e CA-5 relay used tor trans former or generator different ial • .

Re fer to We stinghouse Bulletin I . L . 4 1-339 . 18 tor details .

This re lay is us ed in c onj unc tion with an auxiliary current
lP

t rans former . This same auxiliary current trans former must ---- b e )
in the test c irc uit .

Type o f Tests
ca

Pickup - Operating Coil

Perc ent Slope Chara c t er�st i c s
tri

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

CONTROL POS ITION

lec

" Power On" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

"Timer Op erat ion " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • UPPER -"N . C . MAINT . "

LOWER -" CONT . "
.E

"Main Control" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( c ount e rclockwis e )

"Aux . Power" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " INT"

"Voltmeter Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • 300

w

"Voltme t er Selector" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • "EXT . A.C . "

"Aux . Selector Swit ch "A . C . # 3 - 2 4 V"

ww

(
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

"Aux . Cont rol" . • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( c ounterclockwise )

"A . C . Range " Swit ch . • . • • • . • . . • • • • . . . lOA

 om
3 - 49

I CONTROL POS ITION

·'

.c
" D . C . Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5A

"Main Amme ter Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • SOOA

"Voltage Relay Test " (DET ) Switch • • • • Set "NORM"

ls
"Output f l-# 2 " Switc h • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Output f l

ua
Test ing Pickup

l. Conne ct the SR-51 t o a suitab le s ource o r power as indicat ed on

t he namep late and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF . CHECK
THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .

an
2. C onne c t t he operat ing c o il o f the re lay to t he "R" t e rminal o f
the auxiliary current t rans ��rmer .

tM
3. Connec t t he primary winding o r auxiliary current t rans former ( Io
Te rminals ) in series with one o f the relay restraint coils .
Conne ct this series c ircuit to "AC Output # 3 " binding p o s t s o f
the t e s t set . An ext ernal milliamme t e r c apab le o f .reading c urrent s
b etwe en 0 . 1 4 5 and 1 0 amp ere mas t b e in this c ircuit .
ar
- .

4. Conne ct t e s t set " Re lay C ontac t s " b inding p o s t s t o re lay t rip

circuit c ontacts terminals .
lP

5. Set t ap on auxiliary c urrent trans former t o 19 .

6. Turn " Power On" s wit c h "ON" . " Power On" light should glow..
ca

7. Ini t iat e t e s t set b y pre s s ing " Init iat e "· switc h .

8. Rot at e "Aux . Cont ro l " c lockwise unt il c o nt inuity light flickers .

tri

9. Read and re c ord the value of current indicat ed on the ext ernal
milliamme ter as p ic kup .
lec

10 . Turn test s e t o f f .

Te s t ing Slope Characteri s t i c s

1. Connect t he SR- 5 1 t o a s uitable sour c e o r power as ind ic ated on

.E

the nameplate and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF . CHECK
THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .

2. Conne ct the operat ing coil o r the re lay t o the "R" terminal s
o f the Auxi liary Current Tran� former . (NOTE : The Auxi liary Tran s ­
former s ho uld be p o s i t ioned so that t h e "R" terminal s are a t t he
w

t op . The right -hand "R" terminal s ho uld be c onnected to the even

numbered te rminal o f t he re lay operat ing c o il . )
ww
 om
(
3 - 50

.c
'

3. C onnect t he primary Winding ot Auxi.liary Current Trans former

(I0 Terminals ) in s erie s . with one ot the relay res traint c o ils .
This s erie s c ircuit should be connected to "AC Output # 3 "
b inding pos t s o r the test set .

ls
4. Connect the relay two restraint c oils in series t o "AC O�tput # 1 "
o t t he t e s t s et . NOTE : Polarity (t ) t erminals from both output s

ua
o t the test s e t should be connect ed t o the same relay rest raint
c o il t erminal .
----

5. Conne c t t e s t set "Re lay Contact s " binding post s to relay trip

an
. c irc uit contact s t erminals .

6. Set � Amme ter Range " swit ch s o tha� t e s t c urrent through

the re lay ' s two restraint coils may be read in upper 1/3 or scale .

7.
8. tM
Turn " Power On" Switch "ON" . Power "On" light should glow .

Init iat e unit by pre s.sing " Init iat e " switch .
ar
9. Rotat e "Main Control" clockWise untif· �e sired test current is
read on main amme t er ( sugge sted 20 amp s . )

10 . Rotate · "Aux . Control " c lockwise until c ontinuity light flickers .

lP

11 . Re ad and rec ord current s indicat ed on b oth amme t ers . Compare t o

relay manufacturer ' s specificat ions .
ca

12 . Turn t e st set ott .

tri
lec
.E
w
ww
 om
3 - 51
PERCENTAGE DIFFERENTIAL RELAY
(We s t inghouse Typ e CA-6 )

.c
The CA-6 Perc ent age Diffe rential relay i s us ually applied for the
p ro t e ct ion o r mult i - c ircuit bus e s . The re lay operat e s on the in­
duct ion dis c principle and cons i s t s o r four ( 4 ) e lectromagnets

ls
operating on two dis cs which are fas t ened t o t he s ame shaft . Three
o r the electromagnets are re straining e lement s , each o r whi c h has
two separate windings conne cted to r e c eive s econdary current s from

ua
t he various current trans formers . The fourth . e l e c t romagnet is t he
operating element with i t s winding conne cted t o receive the differ­
ent ial o r unbalance current t hrough an auxiliary current t rans forme r .
The s ens itivity o r the re lay is controlled b y t aps on t he auxiliary
c urrent t rans former . -

an
TEST PROCEDURE

NOTE : This t e s t pro cedure specifi cally app lies to the West inghouse

tM
Typ e CA-6 relay us e d for t rans former or b us different ial . Re fer to
Wes t inghous e Bul le t in I . L . 41- 3 37 . 1 for det ai l s . This re lay is
us e d in conj unct ion with an auxiliary current trans forme r . Thi s s ame
auxiliary current t rans former mus t b e in the t e s t circui t .
�.-
ar
Type o f Tests

Pickup - Ope rat ing Coil

lP

Re s traint Characteristics

S ETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

ca

CONTROL POS ITION

" Power ON " Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • . • • . • . O FF

tri

" T imer Op eration Se l e c t or " Swi t ch . . • . . UPPER - "N . O . MAINT . "

LOWER - " CONT . "

" Main Contro l " • Zero ( co unt e r c lo c kwi s e )

lec

. . . . . . . . • • • . . . . • • • • • • • •

" Aux . Power" Swit ch . . . . • . . . . . . • • • • • • . . " INT . "

"Vo ltmeter Range " Swit ch . . • . . . . • . . • • • • 30 0

.E

"Vo ltmeter Se lec t o r " Swit ch . . • • • . • . . . . EXT . AC

" Aux . Sele c t o r " Swit ch • • . . . . . • • • • . • . . � " AC 3 -2 4 "

" Aux . Contro l " . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . • • • • . • . . Z e ro ( co unterclo c kw ise )

w

"AC Range " Swi t ch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l O A

" DC Range " Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SA

ww
 om
(
3 - 52

.c
CONTROL POS ITION

· "Main Amme ter Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • SOOA

�oltage Re lay Tes t " ( DET ) Swit ch • • • • • • • Set "NORM"

ls
"Output #1- # 2 " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Output #l

ua
Tes t ing Pi ckup

1. Conne ct Mode l SR- 5 1 t o a s uitable sour�e o r power as indi cat ed

an
on the nameplat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF .
CHECK THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .
NOTE : Thi s is a po lari zed relay and po larities mus t b e obs erve d .
The relay even numbered terminals on the re straint coils
are polarity ( ± ) .

tM Facing the auxi li ary current trans former ,

the· "R" t erminals are the secondary winding and the I 0 t e rm­
inals are the primary winding . The ri ght-hand terminals o f
both " R " an d " I " are polarit y ( ± ) . The odd numbered terminal
o r the re lay op Q rat ing coil is conne cted to the ri·ght-hand
ar
terminal o f " R " auxiliary current t rans former .
2. Connect operat ing coil o f relay to "R" terminals o f the auxi li ary .
lP

current t rans former . ( Ob s e rve po larity . See NOTE )

3. Conne ct the I terminals o f the auxili ary current trans former to

)
the "AC Outpu� 1 3 " b inding pos t s o f t he t e s t s et . ( Ob s erve
ca

polarity . See NOTE . ) . An ext ernal milli amme ter , capable o r

reading as low as 0 . 1 4 5 amperes or as high as 1 . 0 ampe res , mus t
be. 1n this circuit o
tri

4. Set t ap on auxili ary current trans former to 1 9 .

5. o Conne ct test set "Re lay Contact s " b inding posts to "Re lay Trip
lec

Circuit " contacts terminals .

6. Turn "Power ON" Swit ch ON . "Power ON" li ght should glow .

1. Init iat e unit b y pre s s ing " Init iat e " Switch .
.E

8. Rotate " Aux • .Contro l " clo ckwis e until cont 1nu1 ty light fli ckers .
Read this value o f current on milliamme ter and record as pi ckup .
9. Return all controls to zero and de-energize t e s t se·t . Remov:e
external amme ter . Do not dis conne ct any o t her leads .
w
ww
 om
3 - 53
Testin g Res traint Characteristics

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

.c
CONTROL POS ITION

" Power ON" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

.
OFF

"'ricer Operat ion Selector " Swit ch • • • • • • UPPER - "N . O . MAINT . "
LOWER - " CONT . "

ls
"Main Contro l" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Z ero ( counterc lockwis e )

ua
"Aux . Power" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " INT . "

WVoltmeter Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 300

an
WVo ltmeter Selector" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • " EXT . AC "

"Aux . Selector" Switch • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • "AC # 3-2 4V"

tM
"Aux . Contro l" . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( counterclockwis e )

"AC Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . lOA

" DC Range " Swit ch • ;

- -
SA
ar
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

"Main Amme ter Range " Swit ch • . • • • • • • • • • . So that de sired test current
- may be read on upper 1/ 3 o f
s cale .
lP

"Voltage Relay Tes t " ( DET ) Swit ch • • • • • • Set "NORM"

ca

"Output # l- # 2 " Swit ch . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Output #1

1. Connect SR-5 1 to a suitab le source o f power and ground . BE

tri

SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF . CHECK THE " POWER ON " LIGHT .

2. Conne ct all s i x re lay res traint coils in s e ri e s . Ob s e rve

po larity . ( See NOTE abo ve )
lec

3. Conne ct the series circuit o f the s ix re lay re straint coils­

t o "AC Output #1" o r the tes t s e t . "AC Outp ut #1 " common
terminal ( ± ) to polarity t erminal o f re lay .
.E

4. Connect operat ing coil o r re lay to "R" terminals o f the

auxiliary current trans former . ( Ob s e rve polarity . See NOTE )

5. Conne ct the " Io " terminals o f the auxi liary c urrent trans ­
former to "AC Output # 3 " b inding posts o f the test s et .
( Ob s erve polarity . See NOTE . )
w
ww
 om
3 - 54

(
}
6. Set auxiliary current trans former t ap ·to - 19 .

.c
7. Connect test set "Re lay Cont acts " b inding posts to relay trip
circuit contacts terminals . ·

8. Turn "Power ON" Swit ch ON . " Power ON" light should glow .

ls
9. Initiat e test s et by pre s s ing " Initiat e " Swit ch .

ua
1 0 . Rotate "Aux . Control " c lo ckwise t o energiz e re lay operating c oil
c ircuit with a value o r current equal t o 1/2 t ap s etting o r
auxiliary current trans former . Continuity light should glow .
11 . Rotate "Main Control" clockwise to energize the relay restraint

an
coil circuit until the continuity light fl� ckers . Read and
record this value or current .

tM
ar
lP

l
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww

(
 om
3 -
55
DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE RELAY
General Electric Type PVD

GENERAL

.c
This re lay i s a high speed b us different ial re lay which c ont ains
two operat ing unit s ·connected in p aralle l . One or t he units ( known
as 87L ) is an inst antane ous vo ltage unit having a high iMp edance
operat ing c o i l conne cted acro s s the de t erminals or a full wave

ls
�e c t i fier . The re ct i fier i s c onnected in s erie s with a react or­
c ap ac it or c omb inat ion t uned for res onance at rat e d frequenc y . The
othe r unit ( known as 87H ) is an instant aneous o vercurr ent unit with

ua
a low impedance operating coil whi ch is c onnec t ed in s eries with
Thyrite res is t or s t acks . Both o r thes e unit s are c onnected in
p arallel with t he s ec ondaries or all current t rans formers on all t he
c ircui t s as s o c iated with t he bus to b e prot e c t ed . The current

an
t rans formers s hould all have the s ame rat io s .

The purpose of the 8 7 L unit is t o allow de s ignat i on o f the minimum

int ernal fault that will operat e the relay t o trip all c ir cuit
breakers as sociated with the protected bus . The purp o s e or the
8 7H unit
internal fault s .
tM
is to provide ins t antaneous op erat ion for extremely s evere

Test ing General Ele c t ric Type PVDllC Re lays

ar
Note : Set b o t h the 87L and 87H unit s in low range .

ALWAYS REFER TO MANUFACTURER ' S LITERATURE BEFORE TESTING

lP

Tes t s

1. Pickup o f 87L element

ca

2. Pickup of 8 7H element
3. Te s t ing leakage o f Thyrite

Test ing Pickup o f 8 7L Element

tri

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

CONTROL
lec

POS ITION

" Power ON" Sw it c h . . . . . • • • • • . • . • • • . OFF

"Timer Operat ion Selec t or" Switch . UPPER- " N . O . MOM " , LOWER-" CONT "
.E

"Main Cont rol • • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . Zero ( c ount erc lockwise )

" Aux . Power" Swi tch . . . . . . . . . • • • . . . " INT . "

"Vo ltmeter Range" Swi t ch . . . . . . . . . . lS O

w

"Voltme t er Selector " Switch . . . . . . . AC- 3

" Aux . Se le c t or " Switch . . . AC - 3 - 1 5 0

ww

. . . . . . . . . .
 om
3 - 56

CONTROL POS ITION

(

.c
" Aux . Contro l" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Z e ro ( c ount erclockwis e )
.
"AC Range " Swit ch • • • • •. • • • • • • • • • • • • • •. lOA

ls
" DC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SA

"Main Amme ter Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • S O OA

ua
"Voltage Re lay Test " ( DET ) Swit ch • • • • S e t " NORM"

" Output #1- # 2 " Swit cb • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Output # 1

an
1. Connect test set to a suitab le s ourc e o r p ower as indicated
on the namep late and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF .
CHECK THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .

tM
2. Conne ct " AC Output # 3 " b inding posts o r the t e s t set t o the
re lay terminals so that the re lay 8 7L unit operating c oil
c ircUit may be energized .

3. Jump er the relay terminals s o that the relay 8 7H operating

ar
coil circUit . is c onne cted in parallel with t he 87L ope rat ing
coil circUit .
.
lP

4. Conne ct the " Relay Cont acts " b inding p o s t s o f the test s et
t o the trip circuit contact terminals o f the re lay . · )
s. Turn "Power ON" Swit ch ON . " Powe r ON" light should glow .
ca

6. Init iat e unit b y pre s s ing and h olding " Initiate " Swit ch .
7. Rap idly rotate the "Aux . Contro l " c lockwise unt il the volt­
tri

met er indi cat es an applied voltage app roximat ely 2 5 vo lts

higher �han setting of the relay 8 7L uni t . The Cont inui ty
light should glow . Release .the " Init iat e " Swit c h .
lec

8. Jog " Initiat e " Switch while reduc ing app lied vo lt age by
rot ating the "Aux . Control" c ounterclockwi s e . Det ermine min­
imum vo ltage which c loses the re lay 8 7L t rip ci rcuit c ont acts
as indicated by the Cont inuity light .
.E

9. Rec ord this value o f vo lt age as pi ckup o r 8 7L e lement .

w

(
ww
 om
3 - 57

Testing Pickup o f 8 7H Element

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

.c
CONTROL . POSITION

" Power ON" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

" Timer Operation Selector" Switch • UPPER-" N . O . MAINT" , LOWER- " CONT"

ls
• •

"Main Contro l . • • • • • • • • • • • :• • • • • • • • • • Zero ( counterc lockw is e )

ua
" Aux . Power" Sw itch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " INT"
"Vo ltme t er Range" Swi t ch • • • • • • • • • • • • 300

an
"Vo ltmeter Se lector" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • " EXT . AC "

" Aux . Selector" Swi t ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • VERN

" Aux . Contro l" • Zero ( c ount e r c l o c kw i s e )

tM
• • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • .
...,.

" AC Range " Swi t ch • • • • . • • • • • . • . • • • • • • lOA

" DC Range " Swi t ch . • . . • • • • . • • • • • •_ • . • • • SA

ar
" Main Ammet er Range " Sw i t ch • • • • • • • • • So that t e s t current w i l l be read
in upper 1/ 3 o f amme t er s cale
lP

"Voltage Re lay Tes t " ( DET ) Swi t ch • • • • S e t " NORM"

"Out p ut 1 1- 1 2 " Swi t ch • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • " Output 1 1 "

ca

1. C onnec t the t e s t s e t t o a s ui t ab le s ource o f power as indicat e d

on the namep lat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF .
CHECK THE " POWER ON " LIGHT .
tri

2. Connect t he test s e t " Output 1 1 " b inding p o s t s t o the re lay

t e rminals s o t hat t he operat ing c o i l - o f
t he re lay 8 7H unit
may b e energized with the Thyrite res i s t or disks o ut of t he c i r c u l
lec

3. Conne ct the " Re lay Cont ac t s " b inding p o s t s o f t he t e s t s et t o t h e

trip c ircuit cont ac t s terminal s of t he re lay .

4. Turn " P ower ON" Swit ch ON . " Power ON" light s hould glow .
.E

5. Init iate unit b y p re s s ing " Init iate" Sw it ch .

6. S lowly inc reas e current t o -the re lay operat ing c o i l b y rot at ing
"Main Cont ro l " and " Aux . C ont ro l" c lo c kw i s e unt il C ont inui t y
light glows .
w

1. Rec o rd this va lue o f current as " P ickup " o f t he 8 7H uni t .

ww
 om
3 - 58

(
Testing Thyrite Leakage
.
S ETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST )

.c
CONTROL POS ITION
" P ower ON" Switch• • • • • • • • • • • • � • • • • • • • • • • OFF

ls
" Timer Ope ration Selec t or" Switch• • • • • • • UPPER-"N . O . MAINT " , LOWER-" CONT"

"Main C ont rol" · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · � · · · · · · · Zero ( c ount erc lockwis e )

ua
" Aux . Power" Switch • • • • •••••• ••••• • • •••• " INT "

"Voltmet er Range" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • l50

an
" Voltmeter Selector" Switch • • • • •••• ••••• DC
" Aux . Se lect or" Switch• • • • • • • ••••••••••• l50 DC
" Aux . C ontrol" • • •

" AC Range " Swit ch •

"DC Range " Swit ch •
tM
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••••••• •

• • • • • • • • • •••••• •••••••
Zero ( c ounterclockwise )

lOA
o :� A
ar
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •••••••••

" Output #l-12 Switch • • • •• • • • •••• • • •••••• Output 1 1

lP

"Main Amme ter Range" Swit ch• • • • • • • • • • • • • so o

• II
"Voltage Re lay Tes t " ( DET ) Switch• • • • • • •• Set "NORM"
•
ca

1. Connect the test s et to a suitab le s ource o f power as indi cat ed

on the nameplate and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF .
CHECK THE " POWER ON LIGHT .
.
tri

2. l:onne ct the "DC Output " binding post s or the test s et to the
relay t erminals s o that the 'l'hyr�te res istor disks may b e .
independent ly energized . A 0-15 milliampere DC met er should
b e c onne cted in series with this circuit .
lec

3. Turn " P ower ON" Switch ON . " Power ON" light should glow .
4. Initiate unit by press ing " Initiate" Swit ch .
.E

5. Rot ate " Aux . Cont rol" { c lockwis e ) to increas e output to

120 volts de .
6. Read current on mi lliamme ter . Compare with re lay manufacturer ' s
s p e c i fications .
w
ww

{
 om
3 - 59
PILOT WIRE RELAY

(General Electric Type CPD )

.c
GENERAL

The C PD relay is a s ingle element p ilot wire relay . Two ( 2 ) o r t he s e

relay s , one at each end o f a power l ine , and a two-wire pilot wire
c ir c uit between t he relay s , provide s pro t e c t ion for both phase t o

ls
p ha s e and p ha s e t o ground fault s over t he ent ire lengt h o f t he power
line . The bas ic c omponent s o f the re lay are t he r elay unit , a
t ap p ed aut o t rans former and an input tran s former .

ua
The relay unit is o f the induct ion c yl inder c la s s ificat ion . This uni t
has direct ional qualit ies .

an
The tapp ed aut otran s former trans forms t hree-phase and ground current s
int o a s ingle phase c urrent which energiz e s t he primary o f the
input trans former . The s e condary voltage of the input transformer
i s p o lari zed and i s app lied t o the re lay unit restraining c o il s . Any
p ilot wire current must pas s t hrough the re�ay unit operat ing c o i l

tM
•
. · .,.

The p ilot wire s c heme op erat es on the o pp o s ed volt age princ ip le and
o n normal op erat ion or wit h a t hrough- fault , no current. flows through
the p ilot wir e . For a fault on t he power l ine wit hin the prot e c t ed
ar
s e c t ion , t he vo ltages at the oppo s ite ends of the p i lot wire b e c ome
addit i�e and re lat ive ly large current s pas s through the pilot wire
r e lay operat ing c oils to c lose the relay t r ip c ircuit c ontact s .
lP

T e s t Proc edure

ALWAYS CONSULT MANUFACTURER ' S INSTRUCTION LEAFLET FOR PROPER C IRCUIT

ca

C ON NECT IONS AND INFORMATION ON CHARACTERISTI C S BEFORE TESTING.

Type o f Te s t s

Pickup Phase A t o Neutral

tri

Pickup Phas e A to C
Pickup Phase A to B
Pickup Target and Seal-In
lec

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TESTS

C ONTROL POS ITION

" Power ON" Swit ch OFF

.E

. . . • . . • • . • . • • • • . • • . . • • • • •

" T imer Operat ion S e le c t or " Swit c h • • . . . . • . . UPPER- " N . O. MA I NT. "
LOWER- " C ONT. "

" Main Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . • . . . . . . Z ero ( c ount erc loc kw is e )

w

" Aux . Powe r " Swi t c h . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . � . . " INT . "

"Vo lt me t er Rang e " Swit c h " 30 0 "

ww

. . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . .
 om
3 - 60
CONTROL POSITION (

.c
�oltmeter S elector" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "EXT . AC "

" Aux . Selector" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "VERN . "

" Aux . Control " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Z ero ( counterclockwise }

ls
"AC �ge " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA

ua
"DC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SA

"Main Ammet er Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • So that t e st c urrent may be

read in UPPER 1/3 of s cale

an
"Voltage Re lay Test" ( DET } Switch • •. • • • • • Set " NORM"

" Output 1 1- # 2 " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " Output # 1 "

Test ing Pic kup Phase A to Neutral

1.
tM
Connec t Model SR- 5 1 t o a suitab le sourc e of power as indicated on
the nameplat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS ---
CHECK THE "POWER ON" LIGHT .
OFF .
ar
- ·

2. Connec t "Output #1" o f SR-51 t o relay t erminals s o as to pas s current

" Phas e A" to "Neutral" .
lP

3. Connect Cont inuity light so as to obs erve act ion o f front relay
t rip c ircuit c ontact s .
ca

4. Turn " Power ON" Switch ON . " Power ON" light should glow .
5. Ini t iat e unit b y pre s s ing " Init iat e " Swit c h .
tri

6. S lowly increas e current by rotat ing "Main C ontro l " and "Aux .
Contro l" c lockwise unt il Cont inuit y light glows . Rec ord this ·

value o f c urrent as pickup .

lec

1. Open C ont inuity light c ircuit t o de-energize relay trip circ uit
contact holding coil .
8. Adj ust "Timer Operat ion Selector" Swit c h to UPPER-"N . O . MOM . " .
.E

9. Set t e st current to 125% or value rec orded 1n St ep 6 by j ogging

" Init iat e " Swit c h .
1 0 . Adj ust "Timer Operat ion Se lector" Swit ch t o UPPER- " N . O . MAINT . " .

11 . Rec onnect Cont inuit y light to observe closure o f re lay back trip
w

c irc ui t c ont act s .

12 . Init iat e unit . Cont inuity light should glow .

ww

(
 om
3 - 61

Pickup Phas e A t o Phase C

.c
1. Fo llow Steps 1 through 1 2 above exc ept " Output 1 1 " o f relay t est
s et is c onnected to re lay terminals so .as to pas s current
Phas e A to Phas e C .

Pickup Phase A t o Phase B

ls
1. Follow Step s l t hrough 1 2 above except "Output # l " o r re lay t est
s et is c onnec t ed t o relay terminals so as to pas s current

ua
Phas e A to Phas e B .

Pic kup Target & Seal-In

1. Block re lay trip c ircuit contac t s c lo sed and follow normal pro­

an
c edure for DC Target pickup .

-----

tM IMPORTANT NOTE
ar
In t es t in g this r e lay , it is ne c e s s a ry that the

r e lay t e rm i n a l s c o nne c t e d to the p ilo t wir e is o la t ing

lP

t r an s f o rm e r s ho u l d b e s ho r t ed through a s u i t ab l e

resis tor . The value of the r e s i s t an c e s hould be

ca

a p p r o x i ma t � ly equal to the r e s i s t an c e of the p il o t

wire .
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
 om
� - 62

.-
PILOT WIRE RELAY

( .)
( Westinghouse Type HCB ) .

.c
GENERAL

The HCB re lay is a three-phase high speed p ilot wire relay designed
for s imult aneous tripping at t he t erminals of a . power line . The
power l ine t hree-phas e c urrent s energize the relay operat ing c irc uit s

ls
t hrough c urrent transformers a.pd are c onverted by a c omb ination p o s i­
t ive and z ero s equenc e filt er into a s ingle phase output vo ltage .
The s ingle-phas e output voltages f'rom t he HCB relays which are located

ua
at each p ower line terminal , normally have polarity t o c ause a
c ir c ulat ing current · through t he p ilot wire . When a f'ault oc curs b e­
t we en t he t erminals of' the power line , polarity of' the single-phas e
o utput voltage trom one of' the relays will reverse , caus ing the two

an
s ingl e-pha s e output vo ltage s to oppose each other in the pilot wire .
There for e , the output voltage of each relay is b ypas sed through t he
relay operat ing coil c aus ing relay trip c ircuit cont act c losure .
The r e lay moving c ont act is attached to a p ivot ed armature on a

tM
ma gnet ic frame which c ontains both an electro-magnet and a pe rmanent
ma gnet . The e lectro�magnet has t wo ( 2 ) c onc entric c oils c onnected in
oppos it ion , s o that one is us ed as · a restraining winding and the other
an operat ing winding . The restraining winding sets up a magnetic
field , which 1n conj unct ion with t he field f'rom the perman ent magnet ,
ar
holds t he c ontact 1n the Normal Open pos it ion . The operat ing winding
produc e s a magnetic tield which act s t o move the armature 1n the
r elay trip c ircuit contact c lo s ing direct ion .
lP

T ES T PROCEDURE

ALWAYS CONSULT MANUFACTURER ' S INSTRUCTION LEAFLET FOR PROPER CONNECTION:

ca

AND INFORMATION ON RELAY CHARACTERISTICS BEFORE TESTING .

Tzye o r Te s t s
tri

Pha s e t o Neutral Pickup

Pha s e t o Phase Pickup
Target and Seal-In Pickup
lec

SETUP OF C ONTROLS BEFORE TEST

C ONTROL POSITION

" Power ON" Switcho o o o o o o o o o o o o o • • • • • • • • • o • o • OFF

.E

" Timer Operat ion Selector" Swit c h o o o o • • • o • o o UPPER-" N . O o MAINT . "

LOWER-"CONT . "

" Main Control" o o o o • • • o • • o • o • • • • • o · · · · · · · · · · · Zero ( c ount erc lockwise )

w

"Aux . Power " Switch . o • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • o • • • • • • • " INT . "

"Voltmet er Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • � • • o • • o • • • • o • " 3 0 0 "

ww

(
 om
3 - 63

CONTROL POS ITION

"Voltmet er Se lector " Switch • "AC exT . "

.c
• • • • • • • • • • • • •

" Aux . Select or" Switch: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "VERN . "

" Aux . Cont ro l " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Z ero ( c ounterc lockwis e )

ls
" AC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA
"DC Range" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SA

ua
" Output # l-2"· Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "Output # l"
"Main Amme t er Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • So t hat t e st current may b e
read in UPPER l/3 o r scale

an
"Voltage Relay Te s t " ( DET ) Switch • • • • • • • • Set " NORM"
Test ing Phase to Neutral Pickup

1.
tM
C onnect Mod e l SR-51 to a suitab le sourc e or power as indicat ed
on the namep lat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF .
CHECK THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .
ar
2. Conne c t " Output # 1 " or SR-5 1 t o relay t erminals so as to pass
c urrent " Phas e A" to "Neutral" .
lP

3. Connect C ont inuity light t o ob s erve act ion of re lay trip c ircuit
c ontact s .
4. Turn " Power ON" Swit ch ON . " Power ON" light should glow .
ca

5. Init iat e unit by pre s s ing " Init iat e " Swit c h .
6. Slowly increas e c urrent by rotat ing "Main Control" and "Aux .
tri

Contro l " c lockwise unt il Cont inuity light glows .

1. Record this value o f current as p ic kup .
lec

8. Repeat for " B " t o Neutral and " C " t o Neut ral .
Test ing Phase t o Phase Pickup .. . .
.
Repeat St eps 1 t hrough 7 above except t hat " Out put # 1 " o r SR-51 is
.E

c onnec t ed t o relay t erminals so as t o pas s current Phas e B to Phas e C

in s erie s .
8. Increase c urrent unt il neon light glows . Rec ord value .

9. Repeat for Phase " C " - "A" and Phase "A" - "B" .
w

Te s t ing Target and Seal-In Pickup

ww

B lock relay t rip c ircuit c ont ac t s c lo s ed and fo llow t e s t proc edure s

for t e s t ing DC Target and Seal-In .
 om
3 - 64

(
·y
TRANSFORMER DIFFERENTIAL RELAY WITH
PERCENTAGE AND HARMONIC RESTRAINT

.c
( General Electri c Type BDD )
GENERAL
The Type B DD relay is a s ingle-phase trans former differential relay

ls
p rovided with the fe atures or percentage and harmoni c res traint and
has a s ens itive p olarized relay as the operating e lement . Percentage
res traint permits ac curate determination between int ernal and external

ua
fault s at hi gh currents . Harmonic res t raint enab les the re lay to
dis tingui sh , by the difference in wave form, between the different ial
c urre nt c aus e d by. an internal fault and that caused by trans former
magnetizing inrush .

an
The Typ e BDD 15 re lay is designed t o b e used tor the p rotect ion o r
two�windin g power transformers and has two ( 2 ) through-current res t raint
c irc ui ts and one ( 1 ) differenti al current circuit .

tM
The Type BDD 16 relay is des i gned to b e us ed with three-winding power
t rans formers and has three ( 3 ) through-current restraint circuits and
one ( 1 ) di fferential current circuit .
'Fyp e o f Tests
ar
Pi ckup o r DHR Unit Harmonic Res traint
Slope (Not with SR-2 1 ) . Pickup o r Ins tantaneous Unit
lP

ALWAYS REFER TO MANUFACTURER ' S LITERATURE BEFORE TESTING

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST
ca

CONTROL POSITION
"Power ON " Swit ch . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • . OPP
tri

"Time r Ope ration Selector" Swit ch • • • • • • • • UPPER-"N . O . MAINT . "

LOWER- " CONT . "
"Main Contro l " • Zero ( countercl·o ckwis e )
lec

• • • • • • • • •. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

"Aux . Power" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •. • • • • • • "INT. "

"Voltmeter Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • l50
.E

"Voitmeter Selector" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • DC

"Aux . Sele ctor " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • l50 DC
" Aux . Control " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( counterc lockwis e )
w

"AC Range " Swit ch . • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA (Not on SR-21 )

"DC Range " Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 A
(_
ww

Note : The harmonic re s traint and s lope tests are written bas ed on test ing
the relay with all rest raint windin gs set in the 5 tap . If the
relay is to b e tested with any other tap s e ttings , ple as e re fe r to
the G . E . ins t ruction b ook under "Periodic Tes t ing" .
 om
3 - 65

,.
CONTROL POS ITION

.c
,.
·.
" Main Ammet e r Range " Swi t ch • • • • • • • . • . So that des i re d t e s t current may b e
read o n upper l/3 o f s cale
"Volt age Re lay Tes t ( DET) Swi t ch • • . . • Set " NORM"

ls
· " Outp ut # l- # 2 " Switch • ·
• • • • • • • • • • • • . . • "Output # l "

Tes ting P i ckup ( Re lay rat e d 125 volts DC )

ua
NOTE : If the BDD re lay is rat ed for 250 volts DC circui t , adj us t
" Aux . S e lector" t o " DC 3 0 0 " . In Step 7 , rotate "Aux . Contro l"
c lockwis e for a re ading o f 2 50 vq lts on the voltmeter .

an
l. Connec t the re lay tes ter to a s uitab le s ource of p ower as indicated
on the namep late and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF .
CHECK THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .

tM
2. C onne ct " AC Output # 1" terminals o f the t e s t s e t to re lay terminals
s o that differential cur rent coi l and one through current res traint
coi l may be energi zed .

3. C onne ct le ads from "DC" b inding pos ts o f the tes t s e t to re lay

ar
terminals ac ros s DHR uni t Normally Open cont acts .

4. Conne ct le ads from " Re lay Contacts " b inding pos ts of t e s t s e t

lP

t o re lay t rip circui t cont act t e rminals .

5. Turn " P ow e r ON" Switch ON . " Pow er ON" light s hould glow .
ca

6. Ini tiate unit b y pre s s ing " Ini tiat e " Swit ch .
7. Rot at e " Aux . Cont ro l" clockwi s e for reading o f 125 vo lts DC on
vo ltme te r .
tri

8. Rot ate "Main Contro l" c lockwis e t o increas e output unt i l re lay
p i cks up and continui ty light glows . Re ad current on amme t e r .
Target on re lay " T " should drop .
lec

9. Re turn " Aux . " and "Mai n" contro ls to z ero . Turn "Power ON"
Swit ch to OFF .
10 . Repeat tes t with " AC Output # 1 " terminals o f the tes t s e t conne c t e d
.E

t o re lay t erminals s o that the di fferential current c o i l and each

o f the o th e r current res traint c o i ls may be energiz ed .
.
Tes ting Thro ugh Current Re s t raint ( S lope )
1. Conne c t the SR- 5 1 t o a s ui t ab le s o urc e o f p ower as indi cated on
w

-the namep lat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF . CHECK
THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .
ww

2. Conne ct the 10 vo lt tap and the right h and c ommon t e rminals of

" AC Out put # l " to terminals 4 and 6 o f the relay . The common o f
" AC Output # l " is conne cted t o terminal 6 o f the relay .
 om
(
3 - 66

.c
3. C onne ct " AC Output # 3" terminals o r the test s et to terminals

. . ....�:relay
.
# 5 and # 6 o f the relar . Connect the· 'p olarity (:_) t erminal or
" AC Output #3" to terminal #6 of the . __
•

4. Connect leads from test s et "Relay Contacts " b inding pos ts t o

re lay terminals acros s DHR unit Normally Open contacts .

ls
5. Adj us t "Timer Operation Selector" swit ch , UPPER - "N . O . MOM . " ,
LOWER - "FAST TRIP " .

ua
6. Adj us t "Aux . Se lector" switch to "AC3-2 4 " , "Voltmeter Range "
swi t ch to " 30 0 " , "Voltmeter Se le ctor" Switch to "Ext . A . C . "

an
7. Turn " P ower ON" swit ch ON . "Power ON" light should glow .
WARNING

tM
The re lay coils are energi zed as long as the test s et is
initiated . There fore , this test should be conducted as
rapidly as pos s ib le to prevent damage t o - re lay c oils .
8. Initiate unit by press ing and holding " Initiat e" Switch .
ar
9. Rotate "Main Control" clockwis e until des ired current is read
on Main Amme ter , as indi cated by relay manufacturer ' s ins truction
b ook .
lP

10 . Rot ate " Aux . Control" clockwise until relay DHR unit Normally
Open c ontacts clos e . At this point , readj us tment o r "Main
ca

C ontrol" may ·b e ne ces sary to maintain current s et 1n Step 9

and tes t s et. timer may res tart . Readj us t "Aux . Control" until
t imer stop s . Re ad current values and re leas e " Initiate" switch .
11 . For BDD 16 , repeat pro cedure from Step 4 . In Step 4 , re-connect
tri

10 volt tap or " AC Output #1" to re lay terminal # 3 .

12 . Turn test set off .
lec

Tes ting Harmonic Restraint

1. Connect the SR-51 to a s uitab le s ourc e of power as indi cated on
the nameplate and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS Q£!_. CHECK
.E

THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .

2. Conne ct the 10 volt tap or "AC Output #1" to the external tes t
rectifier. Connect the other · side of the test re ctifier to
terminal # 5 or the re lay . Connect the right hand common or
" AC Output #l" to termin al #6 or the rel ay .
w

3. Short the external test rectifier by p laci ng a j ump er across its

terminals .
ww

4. Adj us t "Aux . Se le ct or " switch to " AC3-24" " Voltme ter Range"
switch to " 300" , and " Voltmeter Se le ctor" Sw itch to "Ext . A . C . "
5. Turn "Powe r ON" swit ch ON . "Power ON" light should g low .
 om
. 3 - 67

6. Init iate unit by pres s ing " Initiat e " swit ch .

.c
1. Rot ate "Main Contro l" clockwis e to incre as e current output
unti l 9 ampe re s is read on the Main Amme t e r .
8. Turn tes t s e t off.

ls
9. Remove j umpe r from external tes t rectifier .
10 . Connect "AC Output # 3 " terminals of the test s e t t o terminals

ua
# 5 and # 6 o f the re lay . Conne c t the .polarity terminal ( + )
o f " AC Output # 3 " t o terminal # 6 o f the relay . NOTE : "AC Output # 3
mus t not b e c onnected t o re lay while 9 amperes is b eing s et in
S t ep # 7 .

an
11 . Adj us t " Timer . Op eration Select or" swit ch , UP PER - " N . O . MOM . " ,
LOWER - " FAST TRIP " .
12 . Turn " Powe r ON" swi t ch ON . " P ower ON" light should glow .

13.
14 .
tM
Initiate uni t by pressing and holding " Init iat e " swi t ch .
Ro t ate " Aux . Control" clockwi s_e until timer s t ops Read value
.

o f current required to operate Harmoni c Res t raint on the Auxi li ary

ar
Amme ter and re leas e " Ini tiate" swi t ch .

15 . Turn tes t s et off.

lP

Tes t ing Ins t antaneous Uni t

1. Conne ct the SR- 51 t o a s ui t ab le s ource of power as indi cated on

ca

the namep lat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF . C HEC K
THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .
2. Adj us t "Vo l tme t e r Range " Swi t ch to " 30 0 " , "Vo l tmet er Se le c t or"
tri

Swi t ch to " Ext . A . C . " , and " Aux . S e lec t or" Swi tch to "Vern . "
3. Conne ct " AC Output # 1 " terminals o f the tes t s e t to re lay t e rminals
t o energi ze the di fferential current coil and one through current
lec

res t raing c oi l , i . e . : re lay terminals 5 and 6 .

4. C onne ct leads from . " Re lay Contac t s " . b inding p os t s o f tes t s e t t o
re lay trip circuit contact t erminals .
.E

5. Turn " Powe r ON" switch ON . " P ower ON" light should -glow .
This t e s t should b e conduc t ed as rapidly as pos s ib le t o avo id
damage to the re lay coi l .
6. Ini t iat e uni t by pres s ing " Ini tiat e " swi tch .
w

1. Rot ate "Main Control" c lockwis e unt i l the continuity light g lows .
Read and re c o rd current value on main amme ter .
ww

8. Turn test s e t OFF .

 om
3 - 68
D IRECTIONAL OVERCURRENT RELAY (
( We s t inghouse Type CR ) ( Genera� Ele ctric Type IBC )

.c
GENERAL
A D irect ional Overcurrent Relay trips a c ircuit when it sense s
two abnormal condit ions in the following s equence :

ls
1. Current flow mus t be reversed •

ua
2. The reversed c urrent flow mus t be higher t han a
prescribed amount , and the flow must c ont inue for
a predet ermined t ime .
This relay i s c omp o s ed o f two unit s , · a directional unit and an

an
overcurrent unit . The dire c t ional urtit is s imilar t o a s ingle
phase wattmeter . It c ontains a voltage actuated and a current
actuated c oil . When these two coils are energiz ed , a t orque is
produced on the unit ' s disc . A 180° shift in phase re lat ionship

tM
between t he voltage and c urrent produce s a revers e t orque on the
dis c . Normally , the t orque produc ed holds the direct ional unit
c ontac t s open . When the c urrent flow in the c irc uit reverse s ,
the unit ' s disc will rotat e to c lose the direc t ional unit c ontac t-s .
ar
The overcurrent unit of the relay is s imilar t o the t ime delay
overc urrent relay . In modern de s igns , the di�ec tional unit c ontac t s
must b e closed b e fore operat ing torque will b e produced on the
lP

induc t ion disc o f t he overcurrent unit . Thus , the directional

overcurrent relay requires reversal as we ll as a minimum quant ity
o f c urr ent flow b e fore it may operat e t o trip a breaker .
ca

Te st Pr-o c edures
Type of Te s t s
tri

Direc tional Unit

Minimum Pickup
Overcurrent Unit
lec

Minimum Pickup
Time Current Characteristics
The test procedur e is arranged to tes t each element or the re lay
individually . The directional element c ontact s mus t be b locked
.E

c lo s ed or b ypas s ed to permit c omp lete tes ting or the overcurrent

element .
w

(
ww
 om
3 - 69
TESTING D IRECT IONAL ELEMENT FOR MINIMUM PIC KUP USING D . E . T . C IRCU it
IN MULTI-AMP MODEL SR-51 RELAY TESTER . �URRENT AND VOLTAGE IN PHASE )

.c
ALWAYS REFER TO MANUFACTURER ' S LITERATURE BEFORE TESTING

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

CONTROL POSITION

ls
" Power ON" Swit ch • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . • . • . . • • . OFF
"Timer Operat ion Se lector" Switch U PPER-" N . O . MA INT . "

ua
• • • • • • • • . . • • •

LOWER- "CONT . "

"Ma in C ontro l • • • • . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • . • . . . • • Z ero ( counterclockwi s e )

an
"Aux . Powe r " Switc h • • • • • • • • • • • •.• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " INT. "
"Vo ltme t er Rang e " Swit ch . • • • • • • • • • • • • . . . . . . . • • • To read voltage i n
upper 1/3 o f scale
"Vo ltmeter Selector" Switch
" Aux . Select o r " Switch tM • • • • • • • • . . . • . • . . . • . .

• • . • • • • • • • • • • .
-
. . • • . . . . • . .
"D . E . T . "
"D . E . T . "
ar
" Aux . C ontrol " • . . . . . • . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • Zero ( c ounte·rclockw i s e )
"AC Range " Switch . . • . • • . . • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • . . . . . . lOA
lP

"DC Range" Switch . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SA

" Ma�n Amme t er Range " Swit ch So that des ired current
• • • . • • • • • . . . . . . . . . . .
ca

may be read in UPPER 1/ 3 of s c ale

"Vo ltage Relay-D . E . T . " Swit ch • • • • • • . . . . . . . . • . � . As des ired -Pos it ions
1-4 ( See Step 4 )
tri

" Output 1 1-# 2 " Swit ch . : . • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . . . . • • • "Output # 1 "

1. C onnect t he MU LTI-AMP re lay te s t er to a suitab le source o f powe r
lec

as indicated on the namep late and ground . BE SURE THE MA IN

SWITCH IS OFF . C HEC K THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .
+
2. Connect Po lar ity t erminal - o f re lay direc t ional unit current
operat ing c o i l to the Po larity terminal of "AC Out put # 3 " ( ± )
.E

( right-hand b inding post ) . The other re lay operat ing c o i l

terminal should b e c onnec ted t o the de s ired tap of " AC Out put # 1 " .
( 10 volt )
3. C onnect the relay vo lt age polarizing c o i l to "AC Out put # 3 "
terminal s . The polar ity t erminal i: o f the re lay vo ltage " "

po lar iz ing c o i l should be connec t ed to Non- Polarity terminal

w

of " AC Output # 3 " . ( le ft-hand b inding post )

ww
 om
- (
)
3 70

.c
4. Turn "D . E . T . " IDirec t .
Element Test ) Switch to de s ired p o s it ion .

----
NOTE : Positions 1 , 2 , 3 , and 4 are fact o ry wired t o produce
value s given · b e low :

POSITION VOLTS AMPERES

ls
1 1 4
2 2 4

ua
3 1 8
4 2 8
Positions 5 through 9 are left unwired t o permit their

an
use for any part icular value s c ommon t o t he user ' s
s y s t em . The ins tallat ion o r a resistor 1n t he s e unwired
po s it ions may produce any reas onab le values or current
and voltage .

5.
6. tM
Turn " Power ON" Switch ON . "Power ON" light should gl o w .

Init iat e unit by pres s ing " Initiat e " Switch .

ar
1. Rotate "Main C ontrol" c lo ckwis e t o increase output until
the re lay direc t ional Unit c ontac t s c lose . Read and re c ord
the values or voltage and c urrent on the respe c t ive meters .
lP

8. Reverse leads trom t e s t set t o potent ial c oil o r re lay .

Relay directional unit c ontact s should re s i s t c los ure .

TESTING . PICKUP AND TIME CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS OF OVERCURRENT UNIT

ca

1. Blo c k Dir e c t ional Unit c ont ac t s c lo s ed and follow proc edure for
" Induc t ion Disc Overcurrent Relay " .
tri

NOTE : AT END OF TEST BE SURE TO REMOVE ALL BLOC KING FROM RELAY
lec
.E
w

(
ww
 om
3 - 71
TESTING D IREC T IONAL ELEMENT FOR MINIMUM PIC KUP USING EXTERNAL
PHASE SHIFTER AND PHASE ANGLE METER (MULTI-AMP MODELS C S-5 or C S- 6 )

SETUP OF C ONTROL S BEFORE TEST - Model SR-51

.c
C ONTROL POSITION

" Power ON" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

ls
" T imer Operat ion Select or " Swit c h • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • UPPER-N . O . MAINT . "
LOWER- " C ONT . "

ua
"Main C ontro l " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( counter-
clockwi s e )

" Aux . Power" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " EXT . "

an
"Vo ltage Rang e " Switch . . . . . .. . . . · So that t e s t volt-
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

age may b e read in upper 1/3 of s ca l e

"Vo ltaga S e lector� Swit c h • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • ��· · · · · · · "AC - 3 "

" Aux . Sele c t o r " Switch •

"Aux . C ontro l " •

tM . . • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

• • • • . • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
"AC -3 -2 4 "

Zero ( c ount er-

clockwi s e )
ar
" AC Rang e " Swit c h • . • • . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • . -. lOA
lP

..
"DC Range " Sw1 t c h . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SA

"Main Amme t er Range " Switch • As des ired so t hat

• • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • •

t e st current may be read in

ca

upper 1/3 of scale

"Vo lt age Re lay Te s t " (Direct . Element ) Swit ch . . • • • SET NORM

.
tri

" Outp ut 1 1-# 2 " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • " Output # 1 "

SETUP OF CONTROLS . BEFORE TESTS ( Models C S-5 or C S-6 )

lec

" Power ON" Sw1t ch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

" Input Vo ltage " Sele c t or " Switch • • • . • • • . . . . . • • • . . . As required

" Phas e Shift Adj ust C oars e " . Any p o s i t ion

.E

• • • • • • • • • • • • . • . . . . • • • •

Swit ch (Upper Right ) • . • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • . • . • . • . • • • • Phase Shift Output

NOTE : Model C S- 7 Phas e Shifter and Phase Angle Me ter may b e

used for t his t e s t . Pleas e re fer t o Instruc t ion Book
covering t e s t s us ing MULTI-AMP C S-7 .
w
ww
 om
3 - 72

1. C onnect Mode l C S- 5 t o a suitable source or 3-phase power o r

.c
Model C S- 6 t o a suitab l e s ingle phase source . C heck " Power ON"
light . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS - OFF .

2. C onnect Mode l SR-51 re lay t e ster t o a suitable source or power

as indicated on t he namep lat e and ground . Check the " Power ON "

ls
l ight• BE SURE THE MA IN SWITCH IS 2£!..
3. U s ing C ont inui t y leads , c onnect the " P . A . M . " j ack on the SR-5 1

ua
t o " C urrent C o il Input " t erminal ; o n Model C S-5 o r C S-6 •
C onnect b lack lead t o p o larity ( - ) on C S-5 or C S-6 .

4. U s ing light leads , c onnect t he " Phase Shifter Output " terminals
t o t he " Aux . Power Input " t erminals on the SR-5 1 . " % " terminals

an
should be c onne c t ed . t ogether .

5. U s ing light lead s , c onnect t he voltage polarizing coil or· t he

relay direc t ional unit t o " AC Output 1 3 " terminals or the

tM
SR- 5 1 ; relay p olar i t y t erminal n :t; n to "AC Output # 3 " polari ty
terminal " % " .

6. U s ing regular leads , c onnect current operat ing coil or the

relay dire c t ional unit to " Output 1 1 " ; relay polarit y terminal
ar
"±" t o " Output 1 1 " polarity terminal " :i: " .

7. Rotate " Main C ontro l " knob c lockwise to des ired current value
lP

as read on Main Amme t er .

)
8. Adj ust " C o ars e " and "Fine " C ontrols on Model C S-5 or c s-6
t o des ired phas e angle as read on phase angle met er . ( This
ca

s ho uld b e angle or maximum t orque as det ermined from manufac t ­

ur er ' s instruct ion b ulle t in . )

9. Ro tate " Aux . C ontr o l " c lo c kwise unt il the re lay direc t ional
tri

unit c ont a c t s c l o s e . Read value or volt age on voltmeter .

1 0 . Rec ord values o r current , volt age and phase angle at which
d ir e c t ional unit c ont ac t s close .
lec
.E
w
ww

)
 om
3 - 73
POWER D IRECTIONAL RELAYS
( Gen eral Elec t-ri c Type ICW ) - (We s t inghouse Type CW )

.c
GENERAL

The G eneral Ele c tric Type ICW or We st inghous e Typ e CW relay is

an induct ion dis c relay c ont aining current and vo ltage op erat ing
c oils . It i s a s ingle-phas e wattmet er e lement equipped with
a t ap b lo c k so t hat minimum operating wat t s may be varied . The

ls
operat ion o r t he s e relay s depends upon both phas e angle and the
magnitude or t he app lied voltage and current . Either the I CW
or CW relay is availab le as a 3 -phas e or 1-phase unit .

ua
The 3-phas e relay me asure s 3 -phas e wat t s , and t he relay current
coil is c onne cted to the s e condary winding or a current t rans­
former in one phas e . The relay pot ent ial coil i s c onne cted t o

an
the s e c ondary winding o r a pot ent ial t rans former p roviding line
to line voltage . The t ap b lock o r this re lay is c alibrat e d in
3-phas e wat t s . W• l . 1 3 EI ( Power Fact or ) .
The s ingle-phas e relay meas ures s ingle-pha s e wat t s . This relay ' s

tM
current an d potent ial coils are connected t o the s ec ondaries o f
current and potent ial t rans forme rs in the same phas e . The tap
b lock or t hi s relay is c alib rat ed in single-phas e watt s .
ar
Test ing GE Type I CW 5 1A Relay ( c alib rated in 3 -phas e wat t s ) .

Type o f Te s t s
lP

1. Minimum Pi ckup
2. Timing
ALWAYS REFER TO MANUFACTURER ' S LITERATURE BEFORE PROCEED ING WITH
ca

TESTS .

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST - MODEL SR- 5 1

tri

CONTROL POS ITION

" Power ON" Swi tch . . . • . • • • • • • • • • . OFF
lec

"Timer Operat i on Select or" Sw • • . UPPER - " N . O . MOM" LOWER- " CONT "
"Main Cont ro l " . . • . . . • • • • • . • . • • • • Zero ( c ount erclockwi s e )
" Aux . Power" Swit ch " EXT "
.E

• • • • • • • • • . • • .

"Vo ltme t er Range " Switch • • • • . • • • So that t e s t voltage may be read

on upper 1/3 o f me ter s c ale
"Voltme t e r Selector" Swit ch • • • • • " AC Output # 3 "
w

" Aux . Se le ctor " Switch • • • • . • • • • . " AC Output # 3 1 5 0V"

ww

"Aux . Cont rol" . . . . . • . • . . • • • • . • . . Zero ( c ount erc lockwis e )

 om
3 - 74 .

( r
CONTROL POSITION

.c
"AC Rang e " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA

" DC Rang e " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5A

ls
"Main Amme t e r Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • So that test current may b e
read on uppe r l/3 o r met e r
s cale

ua
"Vo l t age Re lay Test " ( DET ) Swit ch • • • • Set "NORM"

" Output #l- # 2 " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " Output #l"

an
SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TESTS-MODEL CS-5 or CS-6

" Power ON-OFF" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • •

· • • • • OFF

tM
Input Volt age Selector • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • As required ( Not on CS-6 )

Phas e Shift Adj ust Coars e • • • • • • • • • • • • • Any Position

Phas e Shi ft Adj ust Fine C ount erc lockwise

ar
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Swit ch ( upper right ) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Phas e Shift Output

Test ing Minimum Pickup

lP

)
l. C onnect SR-51 arid CS-5 or CS-6 t ogether as des crib ed under
"Use of Phas e Shi ft e r and. Phase Angle Meter" , Section II .
ca

2. Connect Model SR- 5 1 and CS-5 or cs-6 to suitab le s ourc e s o r

p ower as indi cated on t e s t s e t nameplat e . BE SURE " POWER ON"
SWIT CHES ARE OFF . CHECK THE " POWER ON" LIGHTS .
tri

3. Connect SR- 5 1 " Output # l " b inding p o s t s t o relay t erminals

s o t hat the re lay current coil may be energized . Ob s e rve
p o l ari ty .
lec

4. C onne ct SR-51 " AC Out put 1 3 " b inding p o s t s to re lay t erminals

�o that the relay potent ial coil may be energized . Ob s erve .
p o larit y .
.E

5. Connect a pair o f light leads from the SR-51 b inding p os t s

marked "Relay Cont ac t s " t o the relay trip circuit c ont act s
terminals .

6. Turn the SR-51 and CS-5 or CS-6 " Powe r ON" Swit ches ON .
" Powe r ON" light s should glow .
w

1. Adj us t " Time r Operat ion S e le c t or" Switch , UPPER t o " N . O . MAINT" ,
LOWER to " CONT " .
ww

8. Ini t iat e SR- 51 by pres s ing the " Init iat e " Switch .
 ·-�� ·. : i.��c'i .
_· · :i:�·-,itr�i\
!.
{<"
,•

;� ·

om
3
.. . '.':�
''
9. Rot at e the SR-51 "Main C ontra�" . -� loc ·; ·: ·a e to ene rgiz e the re lay

.. . ..,... : ... . . .
curr,ent coil , unti l the Main Amme ter : dicate s 5 amperes . -
.•
, ·
,! •

;>' :_

10 •. Adj us t .t he " Coars e" and .. ."Fine" . cont r. p

-�_.- P.�;_·�- ;t: . p, n CS� . . .o r CS-6 . unt il
. ent -���a · yoltage ··

.c
· .

. the Phas e Angle �eter · . -¥ldicates

.
- �-
·· .
- · · ,- •- .;f
--- · .
( 270° I lag • ) ·
ll s e until: the Continuity
�---- ,. .
- --�<-r. _.t·
· • ·
.

: Rotate the SR-51 "Awe . Control" cloc kWi

light flickers . Ob serve this value or voltage .

ls
. .
� �

12 � If the relay is in perfect adj us tment .,: the value or voltage

observed in S tep 2 should be :
··

ua
E• Rel ay Tap Valu e Vo lts
•
( L 73) (5)
_____

13 . Turn both test sets OFF .

an
Testing Timing
1. Repe a.t St eps 1-10 above ( "Tes t ing Minimum Pickup " ) .
2.

tM
Rotate SR- 5 1 "Aux . Cont ro l " c lockwise unt
. il the vo ltmeter
indi cates a value o f vo ltage equivalent to :
E,. ( 4 ) ( Re lay Tap �Se t t ing ) • Vo lt s
ar
( 1 . 73 ) ( 5 )
I f thi s value o f vo ltage exceeds the re lay voltage rat ing ,
ro tate SR- 5 1 "Main Cont ro l " c lockwise to inc reas e current
lP

input to re lay . Calculat e a new vo ltage corresponding t o the

new value of current .
ca

3. Turn SR- 5 1 " Powe r ON" Swit ch OFF .

4. Adj us t "Time r Operat ion Selector" Swit ch , UPPER to " N . O . MAINT" ,
LOWER t o "TIMER" .
tri

5. Reset time r t o zero .

6. Turn SR- 5 1 "Powe r ON" Swit ch ON .
lec

7. Init iat e SR-51 by pre s s ing " Initiat e " Swi t ch .

8. When re lay t rip c ircui t contac t s make , the t imer wi ll s t op and
the relay will b e de-ene rgized . Read and rec ord this value o f t �e
.E

g. Turn both t e s t s e t s OFF .

Testing We st inghouse Typ e CW Re lay 3 0 0 Characteris t i c

( Calibrat ed in 3-Phas e Wat t s )
Fol low exact ly s ame procedure as for General Ele c t ri c Typ e ICW51A
w

except as not ed b e low :

1. The Phas e Shifter ( CS-5 or CS-6 ) c ont ro ls should b e adj us t ed

ww

unt il the Phas e Angle Mete r reads current lead vo ltage by 3 0°

( 3 3 0 ° current lag ) .
 om
(
Tes ting General Electri c .Tri> e ICw5lB or Wes t inghouse :� Zero

.c
Degre e Charact eristic . ( Cal ib rated in Single-Phase Watts )
Follow exac t ly s ame proc� dure as for Type I CW 5 1A except as not ed
b elow :

ls
1. The Phas e Shifter ( CS-5 o r cs-6 ) controls should b e adj usted
unt i l the phas e angle meter reads zero ( voltage and current
1n phas e ) .

ua
2. In c al culating the t est voltages , us e the formula :
Watts • (Voltage ) ( Current )

an
Where watts • t ap value or mult ip le thereof
Current • Reading o f Main Amme ter or magnitude of current
�nergizing relay current c oil from "Output # 1 "

tM
() f SR�5l .
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww

(
 om
3 - 77

LOSS O F EXC ITATION RELAY

( General Electric Type CEH )

.c
GENERAL

The Type C EH relay ·is a s ingle-phase o ffset MHO type relay which
operate s on the induct ion c ylinder princ ip l e . This relay is
d e s igned t o det ect t he los s o f excit ation o f s ynchronous generat or s

ls
with a sufficient selec t ivity s o as not t o funct ion during s y s t em
short circuit s .

ua
The re lay c ontains current operat ing and voltage polarizing c o i l s
an d will operate to c l o s e i t s t rip c ircuit c ontac t s whenever the
voltage and c urrent " s een by the relay" re s ul t in an impedanc e
value within the relay manufactur er ' s operat ing charac t erist i c s

an
c urve . The operat ing charact erist ic s curve may be changed i n s i z e
or s hifted through relay tap c hanges o r re lay adj ustment s .

TEST PROCEDURES - General Electric Type CEH- l lA

tM
PLEASE REFER TO MANUFACTURER ' S BULLETIN BEFORE PROCEED ING WITH TEST .

Equipment Required
ar
1. MULTI-AMP Model SR-51 relay t e s ter

2. MULTI-AMP Mode l C S- 5 o r C S- 6 Pha s e Shif t er and Phas e Angl e

Met er . ( Not e : See MULTI-AMP C S- 7 Ins t ruct ion Book for
lP

proc edures us ing Model C S-7 .

Power Required
ca

Input : 3-phas e at approximatdly 2 0 0 VA for Model C S-5

1 2 0 volt s , 6 0 hert z , 1-phas e at approximat ly 1 . 0 kva

for Mode l s SR- 5 1 and C S- 6
tri

Type of Te s t s
lec

1. Charact eris t i c s o f Induct ion C y linder Unit

a. Offset and diame t er of c ircle ( Total Ohmic Reac h )

b• Angl.e of maximum t orque

.E

2. P ickup of auxiliary relay ( "A " )

3. Pickup o f target and seal-in unit

Pre-Test Reguiremertt s
w

1. All mechanical maintenanc e and adj ustment s should b e p erformed

prior to the elec trical t e st s . Follow rec ommended procedur e s
ww

a s out lined in the manufacturer ' s ins t ru c t ion b ulletin ( exc e p t

when "As Found " t e s t s ar e required ) .

2. Relay must - be level for t e s t s .

3. The MHO unit spiral sprin g should hold the c ontac t de fini t e ly opE
 om
c
3 - .7 8
S ETUP OF EQUIPMENT BEFORE TEST

.c
1. Plac e Model C S-5 or C S- 6 t o the le ft or Model SR-51 .

2. Plac e the re lay at a c onvenient location s o that easy c onnect ions

c an be made to all t erminals , or

ls
Place Model C S- 5 or C S-6 and Model SR-51 c lose to the relay at
t he switchboard s o t hat t he test lead length is kept t o a

ua
minimum and the relay operat-ion can b e ob served during t e st ing .

3. Ir the relay is t o b e t es ted on the switchb oard , remove

c onnect ion plug from the b ott om or the unit · and replace with
t e st plug .

an
WARNING ! : ! During removal o r c over and plugs , b e careful not
to activat e the target and seal-in unit c ontac t s
a s this can c ause tripp ing or the c ircuit b re aker .

4.

5.
are OFF .
tM
Make sure that the Main Swit ch o n Models C S-5 or C S-6 and SR-51

C onnect Model C S-5 t o a suitab le s oUrc e or 3-phase power , or

..
ar
Model c s- 6 to a suit�b le 120 volt , s ingle-phase s ourc e .
6. C onnect Model SR-5 1 to a suitable s ourc e or single-phase p ower
lP

as indicated on the nameplat e .

SETUP OF C ONTRO L S BEFORE TEST - MODEL SR-51
ca

C ONTROL POSITION
" Power ON" Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
tri

" Timer Operat ion Selector" Swit c h • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • UPPER-"N . O . MOM . "

·
. LOWER- "CONT . "
"Main C o ntrol" • Z e r� ( c ount e rclockwi s e )
lec

• • • • • • • • • � • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • •

" Aux . Power" Swit ch • • • . • • • • • • • • • ·• • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • "EXT . "

"Vo ltmeter Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • So that test vo ltage

will be read in upper 1/3 or scale
.E

"Voltmeter Se lec tor" Swit.ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " AC Output 1 3 "

" Aux . S ele c t o r " Switch • • . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "AC Output 1 3 " 1 5 0V

" AC Range " Swit ch • lOA
w

• . • • • . • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

"DC Range n Swit ch . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SA

ww

"Mairi Amme ter Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • So that t e st c urrent

may b e read in upper 1/3 or scale
 om
3 - 79

CONTROL POSIT ION

"Voltage Re lay Test ( "D ir ec t . Element " ) Swit c h • • • SET NORM

.c
"Output # 1-# 2 " Switc h • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "Output · a l "
SETUP OF C ONTROLS BEFORE TEST - MODELS C S- 5 or C S-6

C ONTROL POSIT ION

ls
" Power ON" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

ua
" Input Voltage S e lector" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • As required

" Phas e Shift Adj ust C o ar s e " . • . • • . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • . Any p o s ition

an
" Phas e Shift Adj ust Fine " . • • • • . • • • • • • • • • c o unterc lockwise

Swit c h ( Upper Right ) ·

. • • • • . • • . . . • . • . . • • • . . • • • • • . • • " Phas e Shift Outp ut "
NOTE : For t e s t in g with Model CS-7 , _ , p lease re fer t o C S- 7

tM
instruc t ion book .
Induc t ion Cylinder Unit

The induc tion c y linder Unit be longs to the general c las s ific ation
ar
o f MHO · unit s . That is , t he unit is c omposed o f a wound fie ld
with both current and vo ltage coils and an armat ure shaped like a
c yl inder and ac t s like a s in gle-phas e induct ion mot or . The de s ign
lP

i s such t hat t he torque may rotat e the armature ei ther c lockwi s e

o r c ounterc l ockwis e , dependent upon the value o f the impre s sed
voltage and current . For certain phase angle re lat ionships ,
t here are no value s o f voltage and current t hat will p roduce a
ca

t orque on the armatur e t o c lose the unit ' s trip c ircuit c ont ac t s .
This c harac t e ri s t ic give s t he re lay direc t ional quali t ie s .
Te st ing Induc t ion Cylinder Unit
tri

A. O ffset and D iamet er o f C ircle - ( Ohmic Reac h )

1.
lec

Conne ct t he MULTI-AMP t e s t units t o a suitable sourc e o f

power and ground . BE SURE THE "MA IN S W ITC H I S OFF . "

CHEC K " POWER ON" LIGHTS .

2. Connect Mode l C S-5 or C S-6 output t erminal s marked " Phas e
Shifter Output " t o the " Aux . Power " input t e rminals on
.E

Mode l SR-51 . Ob s erve polarity . Connec t t erminals marked

" :t: " t ogether .

3. C onnec t " AC Output 1 3 " terminals on SR- 5 1 to re lay voltage

po lari zing coil terminals . Re lay po lar i t y terminals (± )
should be connected to " AC Output 1 3 " polarity terminal ( ± ) .
w

4. C onne c t " AC Output 1 1 " o f the SR- 5 1 t o the re lay cur rent
operat ing c o il t erminals . The re lay c ontain s two c urrent
ww

coils . A j umper must be used so t hat t he current will

 om
3 - 80
flow through these coils in serie s . "AC Output #1" polarity
( r

.c
t erminal ( z ) must b e c onnected t o polarit y t erminal ( t ) o r
one o r the operating c oils . �-po larit y terminal or that
coil is j umpered t o p olarity terminal ( t ) or relay sec ond
operating c oil . �-po larity terminal or re lay second
operat ing c o il is c onnec t ed t o ---
non-polarity t erminal or

ls
"AC Output #1" .

5. Insert the t elephone typ e plug int o the " P . A . M . " j ac k on

ua
Model SR-51 . Connec t t he leads from the plug to the C S-5
or c s-6 terminals marked "Current Coil Input II . Ob serve
polarit y . C onnect b lack lead from plug to t erminal marked
(±) .

an
6. Connect the SR-51 c ont inuity light across the relay terminals
so as to observe operat ion of the relay main trip circuit
c ontact s .

tM
1. Block the auxiliary re lay (A ) trip circuit c ontact s cl osed .
8. Select prope r Voltmeter and Main Ammet er range s on the Model
SR- 51 so that met er readings will be in upper 1/3 or me ter
scale .
ar
9. Turn " Power ON" in both SR�51 and C S-5 or C S-6 . " Power ON"
light s should glow •

.
lP

10 . Adj ust "Timer Operat ion Select or" Switch t o UPPER- "N . O . MAINT . "
llA Initiate Model SR-51 by pre s s ing "Init iat e " Swit ch .
ca

12 . Rotate "Main Contro l" t o energize relay current ope rat ing
c o ils . ( Suggested - 5 amp s . )
tri

13 . Adj ust phase angle b y me ans o f "Coarse " and "Fine " Phase
Shifter adj ustment to 2700 . ( e . g . 9 0 0 current lead voltage
or any other specified angle o f maximum torque . )
lec

14 . Rotate " Aux . Control" ( c lockwise ) to increase voltage unt il

the cont inuit y light light s .
15 . Cont inue t o rotate "Aux . C ontrol" ( clockwise ) to increase
voltage unt il cont inuity light is ext inguished . C ont inue
.E

t o rotat e "Aux . C ontrol " t o increase voltage approximately

10 or 2 0 volt s above point where cont inuity light was
ext inguished .

16 . Decrease voltage by rotating "Aux . Contro l" ( c ounterclockwise )

until c ont inuity light glows . Record this value o f voltage
w

for Maximum Reach Voltage . C ont inue to decrease voltage

until c ontinuity light e xt inguishe s . Record this value or
voltage as offset voltage . During this operat ion , maintain
ww

current and phase angle as specified in Steps 12 & 1 3 . (

17 . Remove blocking from relay .
 om
3 - 81
B. Te s t ing for Angle or Maximum Torgue
I . II

1. Repeat Steps 1 t hrough 16 above for phas e angles or 2 55°

.c
( current lead voltage by J50 ) and 2 8 50 ( current lead voltage
by 1050 ) . ( 150 on e ither s ide or angle or maximum t orque )
Other ang le s may b e used depending upon offset tap s e t t ing .

2. Remove all b locking from relay .

ls
Auxiliary or " A " Unit

ua
This unit is an electromagnet ic at t ract ion t ype unit act uated by a
DC c oil . The purp o s e o r this unit i s to prevent fals e tripp ing due
to v ibrat ion should t hat re lay voltage go to zero as the result or
a b lown ruse in the potential trans former c ircuit .

an
Pic kup of Auxiliary Re lay ( "�" )
SETUP OF CONTROLS - MODEL SR-51 ( C S-5 or C S-6 not required )

tM
C ONTROL POSIT ION
" Power ON" Swit ch . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . • • • • • • • • OFF

·" Timer Operat ion Selector " Swit c h UPPER- " N . 0 . MAINT . "
ar
. • • • • • • • • . . • • • •

LOWER-"C ONT . "

" Main Contro l " • • • . • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • . • • • . • . . • • • • • • • Zero ( c ounterc lockw i s e )

lP

" Aux . Powe r " Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " INT . "

-
"Vo ltme t er Range " Swit c h So that t e s t volt age
ca

• • . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . • . . • • . .

may be read in UPPER 1/3 o r s c al e .

"Vo ltmeter Sele ct or " Swit c h . . • . • . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . • DC
tri

" Aux . Sele ct or" Swi tch . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • DC 1 5 0

" Aux . Contro l " . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . • . . • • • . Zero ( c ount e rc lo ckw i se )
lec

" AC Range " Swit ch . • . . . . . • • •. . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . • lOA

"DC Range" Switch . • • • . • . • • • . • • • . . . . • . . . . . • . • . . . . 0 . 5A
" Main Amme ter Range " Swit c h 500
.E

• • • • • . . . . . . . • • . . . . • . .

"Voltage Relay Te s t " ( "Dire c t . Element " ) Swit c h • • Set "NORM "

" Output # 1-# 2 " Swit c h� · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · " Output # 1 "

w
ww
 om
(
- 82" 3
1. C onnect SR-51 t o a suitab le s ource o r power and ground . BE SURE
THE "MAIN SWITCH" IS OFF . CHECK " POWER ON" LIGHT .

.c
2. C onnect a pair or light leads t o relay t erminals . which will permit
energiz ing auxiliary � ) c oi l or relay when rel�y main trip c ircuit
c ontact s are closed . C onne ct other end or the se leads to SR-51
"D . C . Output " .

ls
3. C onnect cont inuity light across relay terminals t o ob serve operat ion
o r relay ("A" ) trip c ircuit c ontact s .

ua
4. Block relay main trip c ircui t c ontacts c losed .
5. Turn " Power ON" Swit ch ON . " Power ON" light should glow .

an
6. Push " Init iat e " Switch .
1. Rotate "Aux . C ontrol" until c ont inuity light glows .

tM
8. Rec ord these value s of DC voltage and current .
Te st o f Target and Seal- In (Model C S-5 or c s-6 not required )

SETUP OF CONTROLS - MODEL SR-5 1

ar
C ONTROL POSITION
lP

" Power ON" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

" Timer Operat ion Selec t or" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • UPPER-" N . O . MA INT . "
LOWER- "D . C . "
ca

"Main Control" . • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • . . • • . . • • • • • • • • •
.
Zero ( count erclockwise )
" Aux . Power" Switch . . . . . . . . . . • . • . • • • . . . • • • • • • " INT "
tri

"Voltme ter Range" Swit ch • • . . • • • • • • • • •. • • • • • • • • 300

"Voltme t er Selec tor" Switch • " EXT . A . C . "
lec

• . . . • • • . • • . • • • • • •

"Aux . Se lec t or" Switch • • • . • • . . • . . • • . • . . • • . • • • a D.C .

" Aux . C ontrol" • • • . • • . • • • . . • . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • . • • Zero ( c ount erclockwise )

.E

"AC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • . . • • • • • • • 1 OA

" DC Range " Swit ch • So that test current will

• . • • • . . • . • . . . . . • . • • . • • . • • • •

be read in UPPER 1/3 or scale

" Main Ammet er Range" Swit ch . 500
w

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

"Voltage Relay Test " (DET ) Switch • • . • • . • • • . • . . Set "NOP� "

ww

" Out put # 1-# 2 " Switch . • • • • . • . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • . . "Output 11"

 om
3 - 83
1. C onnect SR-5 1 t o a s uitable source o f p ower and ground . BE SURE
MAIN SWITCH IS QEE.• CHECK " POWER ON" LIGHT .

2. C onnect a pair o r light leads t o relay terminals which will allow

.c
energizing the target and seal-in coil ; c onnec t other end o r t he s e
leads t o SR- 5 1 "R�lay C ontact s " b inding post s .

3. Block relay main unit and " A " unit trip c ircuit c ontact s c lo s ed .

ls
4. Turn "Power ON" Swit ch CN . " Power ON� light should glow .

5. Init iate unit b y pres s ing " Init iat e " Swit c h .

ua
6. Rotate " Aux . C ontrol " ( clockwise ) t o increase current t o t arget
and s eal-in c oil until target shows . Remove b locking from
"A" unit trip c ircuit c ontact s . If DC c ircuit remains energized ,

an
the seal-in unit i s operat 1ng properly .

1. Record this value o r current .

8. Remove- all b locking from relay . . .- ;,..

tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
 om
3 - 84

DIRECTIONAL D ISTANCE REACTANCE RELAY (

.c
General Electric Type GCX

GENERAL

The GCX relay is a high-speed dire c t ional-distance re lay intended

for tne protection of transmi s s ion lines . The relay c ontains two ( 2 )

ls
basic unit s - MHO and OHM , and may c ontain s ome or all of several
ac c e s s ory unit s , each o f which i s explained b elow :

ua
MHO UNIT

The MHO unit belongs t o the general c lassificat ion or induction cup
unit s . That is , the unit is comp o s ed of a wound field with b oth

an
current and voltage coils and an armature shaped like a cup . The
unit operat e s like a single-pha s e induct ion mot or . The de sign of
t his mot or i s such that the t orque may rotat e the armature either
c lockwis e or counterc lockwise dependent upon value of the impre s sed
voltage , current , and phase angle b e tween the current and voltage .

tM
There are c ertain phase angle re lat i onship s where it is impo ssib l e
t o find values o f voltage and c urrent that will produce a torque on
the armat ure to close the MHO unit trip circuit contacts . Therefore ,
the MHO unit has direct ional qualiti e s .
ar
OHM UNIT

This is also an induct ion cup unit with both current and voltage coils
lP

ac t ing like a s ingle-phase induct ion motor . However , in this cas e ,

re gardle s s of phase angle relat ionship s , value s o r volt age and current
can be found that will produc e t orque on the armature to c lose the
OHM unit trip circuit c ontact s . Torque is a funct ion or impressed
ca

voltage , current , and phase angle between the current and voltage .
INSTANTANEOU S OVERCURRENT UNIT
tri

This is an electromagnet ic att ract ion typ e of unit actuat ed by an

AC - current coil . The co il o f this unit is in series with the MHO
and OHM unit current operat ing c o ils . The overcurrent unit trip
lec

c ircuit c ont act s must be closed b efore this relay can trip a c ircuit
breaker .
·

" OX " U N IT

This is an electromagnetic attraction type unit actuat ed by a DC coil .

.E

This unit changes potential tap s on the "OHM" unit so that the "OHM"
unit will respond for either Zone 1 or Zone 2 value s of OHMIC re ac h .
"S" UNIT

This is an electromagnetic at t ract ion typ e of unit actuat ed by a DC coil .

w

For c ertain fault s , the MHO unit re s et is relat ive ly slow . The " S "
unit prevent s a false trip s ignal under the se c onditions .
ww
 om
3 - 85
Eguipment Required

1. MULTI-AMP Mode l SR-51 Relay Tester

.c
2 MULTI-AMP Model C S-5 , C S-6 or C S-7 Phase Shifter & Phase Angle Meter
�: For t e s t ing _ with Model CS-7 , please re fer t o C S-7 instruct ion
• .

book .

Power Required

ls
Input : 3-pha s e at approximate ly 2 0 0 VA for Model C S-5
120 volt s , 6 0 hert z , 1-phase at approximately 1 . 0 kva tor

ua
Model SR-5 1 or C S-6

Type s o f Te s t s

an
1. OHM unit t e s t s - Fir s t ( # 1 ) z one reach and maximum t orque angl e
2. O HM unit t e s t s - Second ( # 2 ) z one reach
3. MHO or s t art ing unit t e s t s - Third (# 3) z one reach and maximum
t orque angle
4. Pickup o f " OX " re lay
5.
6.
1.
8.
tM
P ic kup o f " S " relay
Pickup of overcurrent unit (where applicab le )
Pickup or t arget and s eal-in unit
Overall t e s t
ar
1 Pre-T e s t Requirement s

All mec hanical maint enanc e and adj ustment s s hould b e performed prior
lP

to t he electrical t e s t s . Follow rec ommended proc edure s as out l ined

in t he manufactur er ' s ins t ruct ion b ullet in ( e xc ep t when "As Foun d "
t e s t s ar e required ) .
ca

Re lay mus t b e level for t e st s .

The OHM unit ( upper ) lead-in spring s hould bar e ly ho ld t he c ont a c t

again s t the bac ks t op .
tri

The MHO uni t ( lowe r ) l e ad- in sp ring s hould hold the contact definit e ly
open .
lec

Set-up of Equipment Before T e s t

1. Place Mode l C S-5 or C S-6 t o the left o f Mode l SR-5 1 .

.E

2. P lace the re lay at a convenient locat ion s o t hat easy c onnect ions
can be made t o all t erminals , or

Place Mode l C S-5 or C S-6 and r1ode l SR- 5 1 c lose to t he re lay at t he

switchboard s o that t he t e s t lead lengt h i s kept t o a minimum
and the re lay operat ion c an be o b ser�ed during t e s t ing .
w

3. If the . re lay is to. b e t e sted on the swit c hb oard , remove p lugs from
the t op and bott om of the unit and rep lac e them with t e s t p lug s .
ww

Remove bot tom p lug fir s t .

 om
3 - 86
WARNING : During removal o f c over and plugs , b e care ful not t o
act ivate the Target and Seal-In unit c ontacts as this )-

.c
can cause tripping or the c ircuit breaker .
4. Make sure that t he "Main . Switch" on C S-5 or CS-6 and SR-51 are OFF .

5. C onnect Model C S-5 t o a suitab le sourc e of three-phase powe r .

ls
6. C onnect Model SR-5 1 and c s- 6 t o a suitable sourc e or s ingle -phase
power as indicated on the nameplate .

ua
Te s t Procedure s

SETUP OP CONTROLS BEFORE TESTS - MODEL SR-5 1

an
. C ONTROL POSITION

" P ower ON" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OPP

tM
"Timer Operat ion Selector" Swit cb • • • • . • • • • • • • • UPPER- " N . O . MOM . "
LOWER-"CONT . "
" Main C ontrol" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( counterclockwis e )
ar
" Aux . Power" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "EXT . "

"Voltmet er Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • So that t e s t voltage will

• • • • • • • •
lP

be read in upper l/3 or scale

)
"Voltmeter Selector" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "AC Output # 3 "
ca

"Aux . C ontrol " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • Zero ( c ount e r clockwis e )

" AC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • . • • . • • . • • • • • . • • . • . • . lOA
tri

"DC Range " Swit c h . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . • . • . . • • 5A

"Main Amme ter Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • •So that test current will
• • • . • • •

be read in upper l/3 of s cale

lec

"Voltage Relay Te st " (DET ) Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • Set " NORM "

" Output # l-1 2 " Switch: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "Output # l "
.E

SETUP OP C ONTROLS BEFORE TEST - Model CS-5 or CS-6

CONTROL POSITION
" Po wer ON-OFF " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF
w

Input Voltage Select or • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • As required ( Not on C S-6 )

" Phas e Shift Adj ust C oarse Any p o sition

ww

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

(
" Phase Shift Adj ust Pine " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • counterclockwise
'

" Switch" ( upper right ) • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " Phase Shift Output "

 Voyten Electric

om
Voyten Electric Electronics
Old Route 8 Pecan Hill
Phone: (800) 458-400 1
P.O. Box 36 1
Fax: ( 8 1 4) 432-7922
Franklin , PA 1 6323
e-mail: info@voyten.com

.c
P rotec f1ve Re I ay Tes t Repo rt
Customer Date ! Control #
Contact Substation #
Address Cabinet Name

ls
ua
Relay Device I nformation
Phase Relay G round Relay
Mfg: Mfg:
Type: Type:

an
Model: Model:
A_pR_Iication: Application:
C.T. Ratio C.T. Ratio

tM
ar
lP

Test 0 erations - As Fou nd - Tim e i n Seconds

In st. Other
Seal - I n Pickup
ca

T.D.
A Phase
B Phase
C Phase
tri

GRD

. s econ d s
Test O'Pera f1ons - As L eft - T"1me m
lec

i'"*,��,,
Timing Test Timing_ Tes Timing Test Timin� Test
Zero Pick T.S.x
Check Up T.D.
T.S.x
T.D.
T.S.x
T.D.
T.S.x
T.D.
D.C.
Seal - I n
In st.
Pickup
Other

A Phase
B Phase
.E

C Phase
G RD

Comments:
w

T.D. stands for Time Dial

T.S. stands for tap setting
ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
 Voyten Electric

om
Voyten E lectric Electronics
Old Route 8 Pecan Hill
Phone: (800) 458-4001
P.O. Box 36 1
Fax: ( 8 1 4) 432-7922
Franklin , PA 1 6323
e-mail: info@voyten.com

.c
P rotect"1ve Re I ay Test Repo rt
Customer Date ! Control #
Contact Substation #
Address Cabinet Name

ls
ua
Relay Device I nformation
Phase Relay G round Rela_y_
Mfg: Mfg:
Type: Type:

an
Model: Model:
Application : Application:
C.T. Ratio C.T. Ratio

�·· �· A B
ICS
c G
tM �;tj;.;',i ":.·�wt,�'ir
Relay Settings I nformation

A B c G A
Tap Settinq
B c G
1.�;, .<�:rrrlmEi··mlf;:;
A B c G
ar
As Found
As Left
lP

Tes t Otperaf1ons - As F oun d - T"1 m e .m 5 econ d s

�\ � Tim i n � Test Timing Tes Timing Test Timi n ;I Test

Zero Pick T.S.x T.S.x T.S.x T.S.x
D.C.
Seal - I n
I n st.
Pickup
Other
ca

1, . :�;ii:;;/ Check Up T.D. T.D. T.D. T.D.

A Phase
8 Phase
C Phase
tri

GRD

Test 0 erations - As Left - Time in Seconds

lec

I n st. Other
Seal - I n Pickup

A Phase
.E

8 Phase
C Phase
G RD

Comments:
w

T.D. stands for Time Dial

T.S. stands for tap setting
ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
 Voyten Electric

om
Voyten E lectric Electronics
Old Route 8 Pecan Hill
Phone: (800) 458-4001
P.O. Box 36 1
Fax: (81 4) 432-7922
Franklin , PA 1 6323
e-mail: info@voyten . com

.c
P rotecf1ve Re I ay Tes t R epo rt
Customer Date I Control #
Contact Substation #
Address Cabinet Name

ls
ua
Relay Device I nformation
Phase Relay Ground Relay
Mfg: Mfg :
Type: Ty2_e:

an
Model: Model:
Application : Application:
C.T. Ratio C.T. Ratio

tM
ar
lP

T es t O1 pera f1ons - As F oun d . s econ d s

r·1me m

�
-

Timing Test Timing Test Timing Test Tim i n � Test D.C. I n st. Other
Zero Pick T.S.x T.S.x T.S.x T.S.x Seal - I n Pickup
ca

Check Up T.D. T.D. T.D. T.D.

A Phase
8 Phase
C Phase
tri

G RD

Tes t O��era f1ons - As L eft . s econ d s

T"1 m e m
lec

. · c , ;;:
Timin;:J Test Timing Tes Timing Test Timin;:J Test D.C. lnst. Other
i: Li. ·', Zero Pick T.S.x T.S.x T.S.x T.S.x Seal - I n P ickup
f: < ,,; ; Check Up T.D. T.D. T.D. T.D.
A Phase
8 Phase
.E

C Phase
G RD

Comments:
w

T.D. stands for Time Dial

T.S. stands for tap setting
ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
 Voyten Electric

om
Voyten Electric Electronics
Old Route 8 Pecan Hill
Phone: (800) 458-4001
P.O. Box 36 1
Fax: ( 8 1 4) 432-7922
Fran klin , PA 1 6323
e-mail: info@voyten .com

.c
P rot ec t"1ve Re I ay Tes t Repo rt
Customer Date ! Control #
Contact Substation #
Address Cabinet Name

ls
ua
Relay Device I nformation
Phase Relay Ground Relay
Mfg : Mfg :
T_ype: Type:

an
Model: Model:
Application: Application:
C.T. Ratio C.T. Ratio

A B
ICS
C G
tM
A B C G A C G
ar
lP

('' fir.. >i! Zero

Tes t O' Peraf1ons - As F oun d - T"1me .m s econ d s
Timing Test Timing Tes Timing Test Timing Test D.C. In st. Other

ltiJ�i.·;,M"· 0i)�L Check

. '' ·
Pick T.S.x T.S.x T.S.x T.S.x Seal - I n Pickup
ca

Up T.D. T.D. T.D. T.D.

A Phase
B Phase
C Phase
tri

G RD

T es t OIJ?_eraf1ons - As L eft - T"1 m e .m s econ d s

�
lec

Timi n g Test Timing Test Timing Test Timi n � Test D.C. In st. Other
Zero Pick T.S.x T.S.x T.S.x T.S.x Seal - I n Pickup
Check Up T . D . T.D. T.D. T.D.
A Phase
B Phase
.E

C Phase
GRD

Comments:
w

T.D. stands for Time Dial

T.S. stands for tap setting
ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
 Voyten Electric

om
Voyten Electric Electron ics
Old Route 8 Pecan Hill
Phone: ( 800) 458-400 1
P.O. Box 361
Fax: ( 8 1 4) 432-7922
Franklin , PA 1 6323
e-mail: info@voyten.com

.c
P rotecf1ve Re I ay Tes t Re_po rt
Customer Date ! Control #
Contact Substation #
Address Cabinet Name

ls
ua
Relay Device I nformation
Phase Relay Ground Rela_y_
Mfg_: Mfg_:
Type: Type:

an
Model: Model:
Ap__Qiication: Application:
C.T. Ratio C.T. Ratio

A B
ICS
C G
tM
ar
lP

Tes t Oll?_eraf1ons - As F oun d - r·1me m

. 5 econ d s

� Timing Test Timing Tes Timing Test Timing Test

Zero Pick T.S.x T.S.x T.S.x T.S.x
D.C.
Seal - I n
I n st.
Pickup
Other
ca

. Check Up T.D . T.D. T.D. T. D.

A Phase
B Phase
C Phase
tri

G RD

Tes t O'Peraf1ons - As L eft -

. 5 econ d s
r·1me m
lec

Timin� Test Timing Tes Timing Test Tim in� Test D.C. I n st. Other

•·
""·.·�.£··: ·�,;;� Zero Pick T.S.x
l"'ilb;!;:,j\�f
...
. .. ·
T.S.x T.S.x T.S.x Seal - I n Pickup
•.A • . Check Up T.D. T.D. T.D. T.D.
A P hase
B Phase
.E

C Phase
GRD

Comments:
w

T.D. stands for Time Dial

T.S. stands for tap setting
ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
 Voyten Electric

om
Voyten Electric Electron ics
Old Route 8 Pecan Hill
Phone: (800) 458-400 1
P.O. Box 361
Fax: (814) 432-7922
Franklin , PA 1 6323
e-mail: info@voyten.com

.c
P rotecf1ve Re I ay Tes t Repo rt
Customer Date ! Control #
Contact Substation #
Address Cabinet Name

ls
ua
Relay Device I nformation
Phase Relay Ground Relay
Mfg : Mfg:
Type: Type:

an
Model: Model:
Application : Application :
C.T. Ratio C.T. Ratio

. .
.

.· · ·
. i/•
·

.. . .
.
./

·r
;;iA• . A 8
ICS
c G A
tM Relay Setti ngs I nformation
[""'?,;,!� .,� . I! . �"" . ::;2 *�':�;�� .
8 c G A
Tap Settinq
8 c G
' . ·...· .r
A 8
··· ·· ·'kcrfar '·
,. !�·.
c G
'
ar
As Found
As Left
lP

Tes t O1pera f1ons - As F oun d - T"1me .m s econ d s

.·
. ; ,l

l :> · �, ;;a
. Timing Test Timing Tes Timing Test Timing Test D.C. I n st. Other

;�
Zero Pick T.S.x T.S.x T. S.x T.S.x Seal - In Pickup
ca

Check Up T.D. T. D. T. D. T. D.
A Phase
B Phase
C Phase
tri

GRD

Test 0 e rations - As Left - Time in Seconds

lec

I n st. Other
Seal - I n Pickup
T.D.
A Ph ase
B Phase
.E

C Phase
GRD

Comments:
w

T.D. stands for Time Dial

T.S. sta nds for tap setting
ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
 Voyten Electric

om
Voyten Electric E lectronics
Old Route 8 Pecan Hill
Phone: (800) 458-4001
P.O. Box 361
Fax: (8 1 4) 432-7922
Franklin , PA 1 6323
e-mail: info@voyten.com

.c
P rotecf1ve Re I ay Tes t Repo rt
Customer Date ! Control #
Contact Substation #
Address Cabinet Name

ls
ua
Relay Device I nformation
Phase Relay Ground Relay
Mfg: Mfg:
Type: Type:

an
Model: Model:
A_Qplication: Ap12_lication:
C.T. Ratio C.T. Ratio

A 8
ICS
C G
tM
ar
- r·1me .m s econ d s
lP

Tes t O'pera f1ons - As F oun d

l;i�r��;p:�£�;��
Timing Test Timing Tes Timing Test Timing Test D.C. I n st. Other
Zero Pick T. S.x T.S.x T.S.x T. S.x Seal - I n Pickup
ca

·· . . ·.:··� �. Check U p T.D. T.D. T. D. T.D.

A Phase
8 Phase
C Phase
tri

GRD

. Tes t O'P_eraf1ons - As L eft - r·1 m e m

. s econ d s
,,.;
lec

" ·.
. · · ··· . Timing Test Timing Tes Timing Test Timin � Test D.C. I n st. Other

·.,.:.:: . .. �;�;;,:;:·�;
Zero Pick T.S.x T. S.x T.S.x T.S.x Seal - I n Pickup
Check Up T.D. T.D. T.D. T.D.
A Phase
8 Phase
.E

C Phase
G RD

Comments:
w

T. D. stands for Time Dial

T.S. stands for tap setting
ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
 Voyten Electric

om
Voyten Electric Electronics
Old Route 8 Pecan Hill
Phone: (800) 458-4001
P.O. Box 36 1
Fax: ( 8 1 4) 432-7922
Franklin , PA 1 6323
e-mail: info@voyten .com

.c
P rotec f1ve Re I ay Tes t Repo rt
Customer Date ! Control #
Contact Substation #
Address Cabinet Name

ls
ua
Relay Device I nformation
Phase Relay G round Relay
Mfg: Mfg :
Type: T_l'Qe:

an
Model: Model:
Application: Application:
C.T. Ratio C.T. Ratio

tMRelay Settings I nformation

ar
As Found
As Left
lP

Tes t O1 peraf1ons - As F oun d - r·1 m e .m s econ d s

0'l,fiJ!�C�·
Timing Test Timing Test Timing Test Timi n � Test
Zero Pick T.S.x T. S.x T. S.x T.S.x
D.C.
Seal - I n
I n st.
Pickup
Other
ca

< Check Up T.D. T. D. T. D. T.D.

A Phase
8 Phase
C Phase
tri

GRD

T est O1 pera f1ons - As L eft - r·1 m e m

. s econ d s

�
lec

Timing Test Timing Tes Timing Test Timing Test D.C. I n st. Other
Zero Pick T.S.x T. S.x T.S.x T. S.x Seal - I n Pickup
Check Up T.D. T. D. T. D. T. D.
A Phase
8 Phase
.E

C Phase
GRD

Comments:
w

T. D. stands for Time Dial

T.S. stands for tap setting
ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
 Voyten Electric

om
Voyten Electric Electronics
Old Route 8 Pecan Hill
Phone: (800) 458-4001
P.O. Box 361
Fax: (814) 432-7922
Franklin , PA 1 6323
e-mail: info@voyten.com

.c
P rotecf1ve Re I ay Tes t Repo rt
Customer Date ! Control #
Contact Substation #
Address Cabinet Name

ls
ua
Relay Device I nformation
Phase Relay Ground Relay
Mfg: Mfg:
Type: Type:

an
Model: Model:
ApQiication: Application:
C.T. Ratio C.T. Ratio

li;,·:·· ic'i'1t!�.F"�
.. . . ; :, : A
. ,: 8
ICS
c G
tM A
" •'··

8
,. ,,�
c
.�
Relay Setti ngs I nformation
��;f!�'
G A
Tap Settin
8 c G
.
,.c;;, :;:v·

A
.l):iW,e::Qi<lfl' .
8 c G
ar
As Found
As Left
lP

Tes t O'Pera f1ons - As F oun d - r·1me .m 5 econ d s

�����
Tim i n � Test Timing Test Timing Test Timin� Test D.C. I n st. Other
Pick T.S.x T.S.x T.S.x T. S.x Seal - In Pickup
ca

k Up T.D. T.D. T.D. T. D.

A Phase
8 Phase
C Phase
tri

GRD

Tes t O1 pera f1ons - As L eft - r·1 m e m

. 5 econ d s
' ' " i:;, :
lec

,: Timin� Test Timing Tes Timing Test Timin� Test D.C. I n st. Other
, .. ,, \" Zero Pick T.S.x T. S.x T. S.x T. S.x Seal - I n Pickup
. ,,{ . Check Up T.D. T. D. T.D. T. D.
A Phase
8 Phase
.E

C Phase
GRD

Comments:
w

T.D. stands for Time Dial

T.S. stands for tap setting
ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
 Voyten Electric

om
Voyten E lectric Electronics
Old Route 8 Pecan Hill
Phone: (800) 458-4001
P.O. Box 361
Fax: (8 1 4) 432-7922
Franklin , PA 1 6323
e-mail: info@voyten.com

.c
P rotecf1ve Re I ay_ Test Re�o rt
Customer Date ! Control #
Contact Substation #
Address Cabinet Name

ls
ua
Relay Device I nformation
Phase Relay G round Relay
Mfg: Mfg :
Type: Type:

an
Model: Model:
Application: Application:
C .T. Ratio C.T. Ratio

·
. ·•.•

.. . ;! •
.
. .>1'�t· ;
: i• .
•. A B
ICS
c G tM Relay Setti ngs I nformation
1•;:;�1;< ·ii®r;
A B c
'. J:u!e'" :if;!Vt: •
G A
Tap Settinp
B c G
:·�';:
A
· · e... Of.,
r·1m
B c
a .· ····
G
ar
As Found
As Left

- r·1 m e m
lP

Tes t O1pera f1ons - As F oun d . s econ d s

•; y\i.A; l'":;�
·. :
Timing Test Timing Tes Timing Test Timing Test
: Zero Pick T. S.x T. S.x T.S.x T.S.x
D.C.
Seal - In
I n st.
Pickup
Other

. . , hf:� ·!. Check Up T.D.

ca

T.D. T.D. T.D .

A Phase
B Phase
C Phase
tri

GRD

; Zero
Tes t O1peraf1ons - As Left - r·1 m e .m s econ d s

·:; ;!{*�; Check

lec

·•y• :· - . · · Timing Test Timing Test Timing Test Timing Test D.C. In st. Other

··�:'; ··;)�: �
y.•
Pick T.S.x T. S.x T.S.x T.S.x Seal - In Pickup
•;• Up T.D. T.D. T.D. T.D.
A Phase
B Phase
.E

C Phase
GRD

Comments:
T. D. stands for Time Dial
w

T.S. stands for tap setting

ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
 om
3 ;_ 87
Test1ni OHM Unit ( Z one 1 ) for Reach and Phase Angle

1. C onnec t Model C S- 5 o r C S- 6 output terminals marked " Phas e Shift e r.

.c
Output " t o the " Aux . Power" input terminals on Mode l SR-5 1 .
Ob serve p o lari t y . C onnec t terminals marked " :i: " toge t he r .

2. C onnec t Mode l SR- 5 1 " AC Output 1·3 " t o the re lay p ot en t ial c oil
t erminals . Ob s erve p o larity .

ls
3. C onnec t SR-5 1 " AC Output # 1 " t o re lay current c oil t e rminal s .
The relay current c o i l s should b e connect e d in serie s . Ob serve
p o larity .

ua
4. P lug in t he t e lephone t yp e p lug int o t he " P . A . M . " j ac k on SR- 5 1 .
C onnect t he leads from t he plug t o t he C S-5 or C S-6 t erminals
marked "Current C o il Input " . Ob serve polarity . C onnec t b lack
lead to t erminal marked n ±n .

an
5. C onnect a p air of light leads from t erminal s marked "Re lay
C ontact s " t o t erminals on re lay so as to ob serve operat ion o f
O HM unit trip c ir c ui t cont ac t s through the " OX" unit NC c ontact s .

6.
tM
Bypass or b lo c k the overcurrent unit cont ac t s ( if pre s ent ) and
t he MHO unit c ont act s .
ar
7. Select proper AC range on t he " Aux . Se le ct or " Switch of t he SR- 5 1 .

8. Turn Power ON in the Mode ls SR- 5 1 and C S- 5 or C S-6 . " Power ON "
light s should glow .
lP

g. Turn " Timer Selector" Swit ch t o U PPER - " N . C . MA INT . " , LOWER- "C ONT " .

10 . Init iat e Mode l SR- 5 1 by pre s s ing t he " Init i at e " Swit ch .
ca

1 1 . Adj ust c urrent t hrough the current coils o f t he re lay t o the

desired value by t urning the "Main C ont r o l •• on SR-5 1 s lowly
c loc kwise . ( The value o f current will b e calculat ed from the
tri

impedance s et t ings of the re lay and will b e provided t o the per­

s onnel per forming t he t e s t ( sugge st ed value 5 amp s . ) . The
cont inuity light will glow .
lec

12 . Adj ust the phase angle by means of the "Coar s e " and "F ine " pha s e
s hifter adj us tme nt o n t h e C S-5 o r C S- 6 . The phase ang le ut iliz ed
will b e either t he angle of maximum t orque of the re lay ( e . g .
g a o current lag voltage ) or value as determined from actual
.E

operat ing condit ions .

1 3 . Adj ust " Aux . C ontr o l " on SR-5 1 unt il the c ont inuity light e x t in­
guishe s . C ont inue to increase volt age for another 1 0 - 1 5 volt s .

1 4 . Reduce vo ltage s lowly b y rotat ing "Aux . C ontro l " count erc loc kw i s e
until the c ont ac t s of t he OHM unit j us t c lo se ( as shown b y the
w

flicke ring of c ont inuit y light ) .

ww
 om
3 - 88

1 5 . Rec ord t he value s o f current , voltage and phase angle . C ompare

( )

.c
. with values c omput ed and/or calibrati on data on the re lay .
16 . Return "Main" and "Aux . " c ont rols on SR-5 1 t o z ero (maximum
c ounterclockwis e ) .

17 . To determine t he angle o f maximum t orque , repeat Steps 11-16

ls
for two other values of phase angle equi-distant from 9 0 0
c urrent lag . { e . g . 6 o o current lag and 1 2 0 0 current lag )

ua
18 . Turn " Power ON" Switche s on SR-51 and C S-5 or c s-6 to OFF .

Test ing OHM Unit - ( Z one 2 ) - For Reach

an
1. C onnect a pair o f light leads from b inding post s marked "Re lay
C ontact s " to rela� t erminal s to ob serve closure of OHM unit
and "OX" unit Normally Open c ontact s .

2 . C lo s e the "OX" relay cont act s by bloc king its armature

3.
nameplat e ) .
tM
in the closed posit ion . ( Thi s is the re lay mount ed behind the

Turn Models SR-5 1 and C S- 5 or C S-6 "Power ON" Swit ches to ON .

ar
4. Initiate SR-51 by pre s s ing " Init iat e " Switch •
.
5. Adj ust current t hrough the current c o ils of the relay t o desired
lP

value by turning the "Main C ontrol " on SR-51 slowly clockwise . )

( The value of current will be calculat ed from the impedance
settings of the re lay and b e provided t o ·the personnel performing
the t e s t . ( Suggested value· 5 amp s . )
ca

6. Adj ust the phase angle b y means of the "Coar s e " and "Fine " phase
shifter adj us tment on the C S-5 or c s�6 to the angle of maximum
t orque o f .the re lay ( e . g . 9 00 current lag vo lt age ) , or value
tri

as det e rmined from ac tual operat ing conditions . C ont inuity light
should glow .

Adj ust ri Aux . C ontrol " on SR-51 unt il the cont inuity light ext in­
lec

7.
guishe s . C ontinue to increase voltage another 10-15 volt s .
8. Reduce vo ltage s lowly with "Aux . C ontrol" unt il the contac t s o f
the OHM unit j ust close a s shown b y th� flickering o f the
c ontinuity light .
.E

9. Rec ord the values o f current , voltage and phase angle . C ompare
with values c omput ed and/or calibrat ion data on the relay .

10 . Return "Main" and "Aux . C ontrol" on SR-51 to zero (maximum

c ount erclockwise ) .
w

11 . If de s ired , Steps 4 through 10 may be repeat ed at other phase

angle s .
ww

/
 3 - 89

om
1 2 . Turn Mode l s SR- 5 1 and C S-5 or C S-6 OFF .

1 3 . Remove b lo cking o f MHO and OX unit s . Retain b lo cking on

ins tantaneous overcurrent unit ( if pre sent ) .

.c
Te st"ing MHO Unit - ( Start ing Unit ) - ( Zone 3) for Reach and
Angle o f Maximum Torgue

1. Block OHM unit and overc urrent unit ( if pres ent ) c lo s ed .

ls
2. C onnect a pair o f light lead s from "Re lay C ontact s " b inding po s t s
t o re lay t e rminals t o ob s erve c lo sure o f MHO unit t erminal s .

ua
3. Turn " Power ON" in Mod e ls SR-5 1 and C S-5 or C S- 6 . " Power ON"
light s should g low .

4. Init iate Model SR- 5 1 by pre s s ing t he " Init iat e " Swit c h .

an
5. Adj ust current through the c urrent c o i l of the re lay t o des ired
value by t urning the " Main C ontro l " on SR-5 1 s lowly c lo c kwi s e .
( The value o f c urrent will b e calculated from t he impedance
s e t t ings o r the re lay · and w i l l be prov.·tded t o the personne l

6. tM
performing the t e s t ( sugge s ted value 5 amp s . ) .
Adj ust the phase angle b y means o f the "Coar s e " and " Fine "
ph�se shift er adj us tment on C S-5 or C S-6 t o the angle o f
ar
maximum torque o f the re lay ( e . g . 6 0 ° c urrent lag ) o r value s
as det ermined from ac tual operat ing condition s . C ont inuity
light may be ext ingui s hed . I f s o , follow with fir s t p art o f
Step 7 .
lP

7. Rotate " Aux . Contro l " c lockw i s e . on SR- 5 1 unt il the c ont inuity
light glows . C ont inue to ro tate " Aux . C ontro l " unt il c ont inuit y
· l ight ext inguishe s . C ont inue t o increase volt age for ano t he r
ca

1 0 - 1 5 volt s .
8. Reduc e volt age s lowly b y rot at ing "Aux . C ontro l " c ount e rc lockWise
un t il t he c ontact s o f the MHO unit j us t c lose ( a s shown b y
tri

flickering o f the c ont inuity light ) .

9. Rec ord the values o f c urrent , vo lt age and phase angle .

lec

1 0 . Return "I�ain " and " Aux . " Contro ls on SR-5 1 to zero ( maximum
c ount erc loc kwise )
• . _.

1 1 . To determine angle of maximum torque , repeat Ste g s 4 - 1 0 for

two ( 2) o t her pha s e ang le s , equi-d i s t ant from 6 0 current lag .
.E

( e . g . 30° c urrent lag and g o o c urrent lag )

12 . Turn Models SR- 5 1 and C S- 5 or C S- 6 OFF .

1 3 . Remo ve all b locking from the re lay .
w
ww
 om
3 - ' 90

Te s t ing " OX" Unit ( Phas e Shitter not required )

(

.c
SETUP OF C ONTROLS BEFORE TEST - Mode l SR-51

C ONTROL POSITION

" Power ON" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

ls
"Timer Operation Selec t or" Switc h • • • • • • • • • • • UPPER- "N . O . MAINT . "
LOWER- "CONT . "

ua
"Main C ontrol" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( counterclockwis e )

"Aux . Power" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " INT "

an
"Voltmeter Range " Switch • so that t e st voltage will
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

be read in upper 1/3 or scale

"Voltmeter Selector" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • oc

"Aux . Se lector" Swit ch •

"Aux . Control" • tM
• • .- • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
DC of de s ired voltage
Zero ( c ounterclockWi s e )
ar
"AC Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA
"DC Range " Switch . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5 . OA
lP

"Main Ammet er Range " Sw1t ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 500 )

"Vo ltage Relay Test " (DET ) Swit ch : · · · · · · · · · · Set "NORM "
ca

" Output # 1-#2" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " Output # l "

1. Bloc k MHO , OHM and overc urrent unit c ontact s c lo sed .
tri

2. C onnect a pair or light leads t o re lay terminal s as soc iat ed with

" OX " unit operat ing coil .
lec

3. C onnect the other end of the leads to terminals marke� "DC Output "
on SR-5 1 .
4. C onnect a pair o r light leads from terminals marked "Relay C ontac t s "
t o terminals o r relay t o ob serve opening of "OX " unit trip
circuit contact s .
.E

5. Turn " Power ON" Switch to ON . " Power ON" light and C ont inuity
light should glow .
6. Init iate unit b y pre ssing " Init iate " Swit ch .
w

1. Advance "Aux . Control " slowly c lockwis e unt il the c ontinuity

light is ext inguished . Ob s erve the volt age on the vo l.tmeter .
This is the pickup voltage o f the "OX" relay .
ww

)
 3 - 91

om
8. Return " Aux . C ontrol" t o zero ( maximum c ounterc lockwis e ) .

( g. Reconnec t t he - c ontinuity light t o relay t erminals t o ob serve

I
c losure of " OX" unit c ontac t s . C ont inuity light is ext inguished .

.c
10 . Advanc e "Aux . C ontrol " s lowly c lockwise unt il the c ont inuity ·
light glow s . Ob serve the pickup voltage o f t.he " OX" relay on
the voltme t er .

1 1 . Turn " Aux . C ontrol" s lowly c ount erc lockwise unt il c ont inuity

ls
light is ext inguished . Ob serve the dropout voltage of the "OX "
relay on t he voltme t er .

ua
12 . Return the "Aux . C ontrol" t o zero (maximum c ount erc lockwis e ) �

13 . Turn Mode l SR-51 OFF .

an
14 . Remove all blocking from t he re lay .

Te s t ing " S " Re lay - ( Phas e Shift er and Phas e Angle Met er not required )
SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST - MODEL SR-51:.4. ·�
C ONTROL

" Power ON " Swit ch .

tM
• • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • •
POSITION
OFF
ar
"Timer Operation Selector " Switch . • • . • . • • • . • UPPER- " N . O . MA INT . "
LOWER- "CONT . "
lP

"Main Control" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • Zero ( count erc lockwise )

"Aux � Power " Swit ch • -

• . • • • • • • • • . • • . . • • • • • • • • • " INT . "
ca

"Voltmeter Range " Switch • So that t e st vo ltage will

• • • • • • . • • . . • • . • • • • •

b e read in upper 1/3 of s c ale

"Vo ltmet er Selector" Swit c h • :DC
tri

. • . . . . • • • . • • • • .

"Aux . Se lec tor " Switch • . • • . • • . . . . • . . . . • . . • • . DC desired voltage

Zero ( c ount e r c lockwise )
lec

"Aux . C ontrol" Swit ch • • • • . • • . • • . • • • . • • • . • • • •

" AC Range " Swit ch • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA

"DC Range " Switch . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • 5 . OA
.E

"Main Amme ter Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 500

"Vo lt age Re lay Test " .(DET ) Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • Set "NORM"

" Output 1 1-1 2 " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • "Output # 1 "

w
ww
 om
3 92

(
�

1. C onnect a pair o r light leads t o relay terminal s associated

with " S " unit operat ing c oil .

.c
2. C onnect the other end or the leads to terminals marked "DC Output "
on Model SR-5 1 .

3· C onnect a pair or light leads trom terminals marked "Relay C ontac t s "

ls
to relay t erminals so as t o observe op eration o r " S " unit c ontact s .

4. Turn the " Power ON" Switch ON . " Power ON" light s hould glow .

ua
5. Initiate unit by pressing " Initiat e " Swit �h .

6. Ob s erve the C ontinuity light . Light should b e extinguished .

an
1. Advance "Aux . C ontrol" slowly clockwise until the C ont inuity
light glows . Ob serve the pickup voltage or the " S " relay on
t he voltmeter .

tM
· 8. Turn " Aux . · control " slowly c ounterclockwise and ob serve the drop­
out voltage or " S " relay as indicated when the c ont inuity light
is _ ext inguished .

9. Return the "Aux . C ontrol" to zero (maximum c ount erc lockwise ) .

ar
10 . Turn Model SR-51 OFF .
lP

Testing OVerc urrent Unit - Phas e Shifter and Phase Angle Meter
is not required
SETUP OF C ONTROLS - MODEL SR-51
ca

C ONTROL POSITION
" Power ON" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
.
OFF
tri

"Timer Operat ion Selector" Switch • • • � · � · · · · · · UPPER-"N . O . MAINT . "

LOWER- " C ONT . "
lec

"Main C ontrol • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( count erc lockwise )

"Aux . Power " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "INT . "

"Voltmeter Range " Switch • 300
.E

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

"Voltmet er Selector" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "EXT . AC "

"Aux . Selector " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • �N . "
"Aux . C ontrol" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( counte rc lockWise )
w

" AC Range" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA

ww
 om
3 - 93

.c
C ONTROL POSIT ION

"DC Range " Switch • • • • •_ • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5A

" Output f l-1 2 " Switc h • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • " Output # l

ls
"Main Amme ter Range " Swi t c h • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . so t hat t e s t c urrent may b e
read in UPPER l/3 o r s c ale

ua
"Voltage Relay Te s t " (DET ) Switch • • • . • • . • . Set " NORM . "

1. Block t he OHM and MHO unit trip circuit c ontact s closed .

an
2. C onnect a set of heavy leads t o relay t e rminals as s o c iated w i t h
t he overcurrent unit operat ing c oil .

3. C onnect t he ot her end of these leads t o t he " Output # l " t erminals

o f SR- 5 1 . Use suitab le C ommon for the -J amme t er range to b e

4. tM
ut ilized and desired output t ap s . ( Se e " Se le c t ion o r Outp u t T ap s " )

Connect a ·p air of light leads from t erminals marked "Re lay C on t ac t s "
t o relay trip c ircuit t ermina�s so as t o ob serve operat ion o f
ar
overcurrent unit c ontac t s .

5. Turn " Power ON " Swit ch ON . " Power ON" light should glow .
lP

6. Initiate unit by pre s s ing " Init iat e " Swi t c h .

7. ':!:'urn "Main C ontro l " and "Aux . C ontro l " s lowly c loc kwise unt il
ca

inst ant aneous e lement picks up . Cont inuity l�ght should glow .

8. Read current on amm e t er . This is the pickup current o r t he

ins t antaneous over c urrent element .
tri

9. Ret urn "Main Contro l " to zero ( maximum c ount erc loc kw is e ) .

10 . Turn t he SR- 5 1 OFF .

lec

11 . Remove all b locking from the re lay .

T e s t ing o f Target and Seal-In Unit - Phase Shifter and Phase Angle
Me t er not required .
.E

SETUP OF CONTROLS - rotODEL SR-5 1

C ONTROL PO S IT ION

" Power ON" Swit c h . . . • • • . • • . • • • • • • • • • . • . • • . . OFF

w

"Timer Op erat ion Selec t or " Swit ch . . . . . . . . . . U PPER- " N . O . MA INT . "
LOWER- " CONT . "
ww

"Hain C ontro l" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z ero ( c ount erc lo c kw i s e ) •

 om
3 - 94
C ONTROL POSITION (

.c
"Aux . Power " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "INT . "
"Vo ltmet er Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 300
"Voltmeter Selector" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " EXT . AC "

ls
" Aux . Selector" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • S DC

ua
" Aux . C ontrol" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( counterc loc kwise )

" AC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA

"DC Range " Switch • So t hat test c urrent will

an
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

be read 1n UPPER l/3 of s c ale

"Main Amm e ter Range " Switeh • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 500

tM
"Voltage Relay Test " ( DET ) Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • Set " NORM"
" Output # l-#2 Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " Output 1 1 "

1 ·. Block the OHM , MHO and Inst antaneous Overcurrent Element ( when
ar
s upp lied ) trip c ircuit c ontacts closed .

2. C onnect a pair o f light leads from terminals marked "Relay C on­

tac t s " to relay trip c ircuit t erminals so as t o ob serve operat ion
lP

o f seal-in contact s .

3 . · C onnect a set O f light leads to re lay terminals associat ed With

ca

t arget· and s eal-in operat ing coil .

4. C onnect other end of the leads to t eruun als marked "DC Output " .
5. Turn " Power ON" Switch ON . " Power ON " light should glow .
tri

6. Initiate unit b y pre s s ing " Initiate " Switch .

lec

1. Rotate "Aux . C ontrol" s l owly ( c lockwise ) to increase out put .

8. Ob s erve Target operat ion . When Seal-In cont ac t s close , the
C ont inuity light will glow .
.E

9. Read pickup current on DC amme ter .

NOTE : Target and Seal- In operation can be obs erved b y alt ernat ely
pressing and holding the " Pre s s to Trip DC " Swit ch on
SR-51 with one hand and resetting the target with the
other hand and then releas ing the switch .
w

10 . Return the "Aux . Control" to zero ( maximum c ount erclockwis e ) .

ww

11 . Turn SR-51 OFF . ·

12 . Remove all blocking from the relay .

 om
3 - 95
OVER-ALL TEST OF GCX RELAY

The following t es t s provide over-all operat ional te s t s or the GCX

re lay . They verify t he integrity o f int erna l c onnect ions in the

.c
relay , c orrec t p o lar izati on b etwee n the oHM - and the MHO unit s , and
the operation or the " OX" r�lay .

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST - MODEL SR-51

ls
CONTROL POSITION

" Power ON" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

ua
"Timer Operat ion S e le c t o r " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • UPPER- " N . O . MAINT . "
LOWER- "CONT . "

"Main C ontro l " . Z ero ( count erc lockwi s e )

an
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

" Aux . Power" Switch • • • • • • • • • • � • • • • • • • • • • • • • " INT . "

"Vo ltme t er Rang e " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • �So that t e st vo ltage will

tM
"Vo ltmet er Selecto r " Switch •

" Aux . Selector " Swi t c h •

• • • • • • • • • • • . • • •
b e read in UPPER 1 / 3 o f s e al <

"EXT . " AC

l 5 0 DC
ar
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

" AC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • lOA

lP

"DC Range " Swit ch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SA

"Main Amme ter Rang e " Swit.ch • So t hat t e s t c urrent will

• • • • • • • • • • • . • • •

be read in UPPER 1/3 of s c ale .

ca

"Vo lt age Relay Te s t " ( DET ) Switch • • • • • • . • • . Set "NORM "

-
" Output # 1- # 2 " Swit c h • . • • � • • • • • • . • • • • • . • . • . " Output # 1 "
tri

SETUP OF C ONTROLS BEFORE TEST - MODELS C S- 5 or C S-6

lec

C ONTROL P O S ITION

" Power ON-OFF " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • OFF

" Input Vo ltage " Select or • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • . As required ( Not on C S- 6 )

.E

" Phas e Shift Adj ust C o ar s e " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Any posit ion

" Phas e Shift Adj u s t Fine " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • C ounterc loc kwise

Swit ch ( upper right ) • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • . • • • Phase Shift Output

w
ww
 om
3 - 96

�utpu� " to rel�y potential c oil t erminals . Ob serve polarit y . (

)
1. C onnec t Model C S-5 or C S- 6 output t erminals marked " Phas e Shirter

.c
- to - .

2. C onnect one s et or light leads from t erminals marked "DC Output "
t o relay t erminals as sociat ed with "OX" unit operat ing coil .

ls
3. Connect SR-51 "AC Output # l " to the relay current operating c oil
t erminal s . Current coils are connect ed in serie s . Observe
polarit y .

ua
4. Plug in the t elephone t yp e p lug into the "P . A . M . " j ack on SR-51 .
C onnect the leads from the p lug t o t he C S-5 or C S-6 t erminals
marked " C urrent C oil Input " . Ob serve polarity , C onnect b lack
lead to t erminal marked "%" .

an
5. Conne c t a pair of light leads from t erminals marked "Relay C ontac t s "
to relay trip c ircuit t erminals to ob serve closure or overcurrent ,
OHM and MHO unit c ontact s t hrough c ircuit with " OX" unit Normally

tM
C lo s ed c ontact s • . .

6. Sele c t 1 5 0V range on the "Voltmeter Range " Swit c h .

7. Hook up ext ernal voltmet er t erminals - on SR-51 to output t erminals

ar
or phase shifter .
8. Connect C S-5 or C S-6 to a s ui tab le sourc e or p ower and SR-51 t o
lP

1 2 0 vo�t s , single-phase power .

9. Turn " Power ON" Swit ches in Model SR-51 and C S-5 or C S-6 . " Power
ON" light s should glow .
ca

1 0 . Init iat e Model SR-51 b y pres�in g " Initiat e " Swit c h .

ll . Select proper amme ter range on Main Amme ter . The range should
tri

b e high enough to register the current suffic ient to pick up

the OHM unit ( Zone l) when phas� shifter output voltage is
applied to pot ent ial coils or relay .
lec

12 . Rotate "Main Control" on SR-5 1 c lo ckwis e to pass ab out 5 ampere s

through relay c urrent c oils . Rotate "Coarse " an d "Fine " c ontrols
on C S- 5 or CS-6 unt il de s ired phase angle is read on phase angle
met er . ( e . g . 900 current lag ) . C ontinue to rotate "Main C ontrol"
on SR-5 1 until C ontinuity light glows . Rapidly read current ,
.E

voltage and phase angle .

1 3 . Reduc e the curr e nt t o zero b y turning "Main C ontrol " to its maximum
c ount erc lockwise posit ion .

14 . Rec ord the value of current , voltage and phase angle ob s erved
w

in Step 12 .

15 . Repeat Steps 12 through 1 4 for another phase angle , if desired .

ww

l
 om
3 - 97
16 . Increase t he DC output voltage b y turning the "Aux . Control"
on t he SR-5 1 s lowly c lo ckwis e until the "OX" relay p icks up
as indicat ed b y a c licking noise . This will set up t he re lay

.c
to� t he second zone operat ion .

17 . Hook C ont inuity �ight acro s s relay trip c ircuit terminals t o

ob s erve closure or Overcurrent , O HM and MHO unit c ontact s
through c ircuit with " OX" unit Normally Open c ontact s .

ls
18 . Repeat Step s 12 through 15 .

ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
 om
3 - 98

(
DISTANCE RELAY (MHO }
GENERAL ELECTRIC TYPE G CY

.c
The Typ e GCY relay is a high speed direc tional distance relay
c ontaining three ( 3 ) MHO unit s known as the M l unit , the M 2 unit
an� the OM 3 unit . Each o f . thes e units c ontains a wound field with
b oth current and volt age coils and an armature shaped like a cup .
The unit s operat e like s ingle-phas e induct ion motors . Generally

ls
sp eaking , the voltage c oils produc e torque to hold the relay trip
circui t c ontacts open while the current coils produce t orque t o
c lose the t rip circuit c ont ac t s .

ua
The M l unit is us ed for first zone prot ection . This unit is
an ins t ant aneous unit , has dire ctional qualit ies and operat es
independent or any other relay .

an
The M 2 unit is us ed for s e c ond zone prot ection. This unit has
directional qualities and operat es in c onj unc tion with a timing
relay . Therefore , a t ime delayed trip is obtained .

tM
The OM 3 unit may b e us ed ror · zone 3 prot ection. This unit has
directional qualities j however , its circ ular imp edance charact erist ics .
may b e offs et so as to encomp as s the origin o f the imp edanc e diagram .
Thus , this unit may " Reach " b ackwards . The OM3 unit is als o used
in c onj unction with a t iming relay which results in a t ime delayed
ar
trip .

Tes ting
lP

PLEASE REFER TO MANUFACTURER ' S BULLETIN BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH TEST )

Types of Test s
ca

l. MHO Unit M 1 - First ( 1 1 ) zone Reach and Torque Angle

2. MHO Unit M2 - Sec ond ( # 2 ) zone Reach and Torque Angle
3. MHO Unit OM 3 - Third ( 1 3 ) zone Reach � Maximum Torque Angle and
Offs e t .
tri

Equipment Required
l. MULTI-AMP Model SR-51 Relay Tes t er
lec

2. MULTI-AMP Model CS-5 or CS -6 Phas e Shifter & Phas e Angle Meter

Power Required

Input : 3-phas e at approximat ely 200 VA for Model CS- 5

.E

120 volts , 60 hz , 1-phase at · approx1mat ely 1 . 0 kva for

Models SR- 51 and cs-6

NOTE : All mechani cal maint enance and adj us tments should be performed
prior to the electri c al t ests . Follow rec ommended proc edures
as outlined in the manufacturer ' s b ulletin ( exc ept when
w

"As Found " tests are required ) .

Relay mus t be level for t ests .

ww

)
 j - 51 9

om
S ETUP O F EQUIPMENT BEFORE TEST

1. Place Model CS-5 o r CS-6 t o the l e ft o f Model SR-51 .

2. P lace the relay at a c onvenient locat ion s o that easy c onne c t i ons

.c
can b e made t o all t erminal s , or

2 a . P lace Mode l CS-5 or cs-6 and Model SR-51 close to the re lay at
the swit chb oard s o that the t es t lead length is kept to a minimum
and the re lay operation can b e ob s erved during test ing .

ls
3. I f the re lay is t o b e t es t ed on the switchboard , remove p lugs
from the top and bottom o f the unit and replac e them with t es t

ua
p lugs . Remove b ot tom p lug firs t .

WARNING : During removal o f c over and p lugs , b e careful not t o

act ivat e the Target and Seal-in c ontac t s a s t his c an
caus e t ripp ing o r the c ircuit breaker .

an
4. Make sure the Main Sw itches on CS-5 or C S -6 and SR- 5 1 are OFF .

5. Connect Model CS-5 t o a sui t ab le s ource o r 3 -phas e power .

6.
tM
C onne ct Model SR-51 and CS-6 ( when us ed ) to a sui t ab l e s ourc e
· o r s ingle-.phas e power as indi cat ed on the namep lat e .

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST - MODEL SR- 51

ar
CONTROL POS ITION
lP

" Power ON" Switch • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • OFF

" Time r Op erat ion Selector'" Switch . . • UP PER-"N . O . MAINT . " , LOWER- " CONT . "
ca

"Main Cont ro l . . . . . • . . . • • • . • • . . . • • . . • Z ero ( c ount ercloc kw i s e )

" Aux . Power" Switch . • • • • • • . • . . . . . . • • " EXT . "

tri

"Vo ltme t er Range" Switch • • • . . • • • . • . • So that t es t vo lt age will b e r e ad

in upp er 1/3 o f vo ltme t e r s c ale

"Vo ltme t er Selec t or " Switch . " AC Output # 3 "

lec

. . . • • . . •

" Aux . Se lector" Swit ch . . • . . . . . . . . . • . "AC Output # 3 150V"

" Aux . Cont r o l " . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z e ro ( c ount erc lockwis e )

.E

" AC Range " Switch • • • • • • . . • • • . • . • . • . • lOA

" DC Rang e " Sw itch • • • • • • • • . • . . . • . • • • . 5A

"Main Ammet e r Range " Switch . . . • • . . . . So that t e s t current will b e read

in upper 1/3 o f amme t e r s ca l e
w

"Vo ltage Relay T es t " ( DET ) Swit ch . • • . • Set " NORM"

ww

"Output # 1- # 2 " Switch . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . Outp ut # 1

 om
3 - 10 0

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST MODEL CS-5 or CS-6 (

.c
CONTROL POSITION

" Power ON-OFF" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

Input Voltage Selector • • • • • • • • • • As Required ( Not on CS- 6 )

ls
Phase Shift Adj ust Coars e • • • • • • • Any Posit ion

ua
Phas e Shi ft Adj ust Fine • • • • • • • • • Count erc lockwise

Switch ( upper right ) • • • • • • • • � • • • Phase Shift Output

Tes t ing M, Unit ( Zone 1 ) for Reach and Phas e Angle

an
_
1 . Connect �odel SR-51 and Model CS-5 or CS-6 t ogether as describ ed
in Sect ion 2 under "Us e of Phas e Shifter and Phas e Angle Met er" .

tM
2. Connect SR- 51 "AC Output # 3 " b inding posts t o the relay M 1 unit
pot ent ial coil t erminals . Ob s erve po larity .

3. Connect all the relay current coils in series b y j umpering the

proper re lay t erminals . This s eries circuit is then c onnected
ar
to the SR-51 "Output #1" b inding post s . Obs erve polarity .
4. Connect a pair of light leads from the SR-51 b inding posts
marked " Relay Cont ac t s " to the relay t erminals ass ociated with
lP

the relay M 1 unit trip c ircuit contacts .

5. Turn "Power ON" Switch ON • . Both t est s ets ( SR-51 and CS-5 or
ca

CS-6 ) · " Power ON" light s should glow .

6. Init iate SR-51 by pre s s ing " Init iat e" Switch .

7. Rot�te "Main Control" on SR- 51 c lockwis e to energi ze current

tri

coils o r relay unt il the des ired value or t e s t current is read

on the SR-51 Main Amme t er ( s ugges t ed 5 amp eres ) . The Cont inuit y
light. should glow .
lec

8. Adj ust the "Coars e " and " Fine " controls on the CS-5 or CS-6 unt il
the phas e angle me ter indicates the pres umed angle of maximum
t orque for the M 1 unit . ( Example : 6o o current lag volt age )
.E

9. Rotate the "Aux . " Control on the SR- 51 clockwis e t o increas e

vo ltage app lied to the re lay M 1 unit potent ial coil unt il the
vo ltmet er indicates a voltage app roximat ely 15-2 0 volt s higher
than the vo lt age where the c ont inuity light ext inguishes .

10 . Rotat e the "Aux . " Contro l on the SR-51 count erc lockwise until
w

the Continuity Light flickers . Ob s erve and record the values

of vo ltage , current and phas e angle . Calculat e " Reach" .
ww

(
 om
3 - 10 1

11 . Return SR- 5 1 "Main " and " Aux . " C ont rols t o zero .

12 . Repeat Steps 7 through 10 for two o ther values o r phas e angle

to determine that the presumed angle or maximum t orque was

.c
really the t rue angle or maximum torque for the re lay M 1 unit .
( s ugge s t ed -15 ° and +150 from angle cho s en in Step 8 .

13 . Turn " P ower ON" Swit ches OFF on both SR- 5 1 and CS-5 or CS-6 .

ls
Testing M� Unit ( Zone 2 ) for Reach and Phas e Angle

1. Repeat Step 1 above ( "Test ing M 1 Unit " ) .

ua
2. Connect SR- 5 1 " AC Output # 3 " b inding p o s t s t o the re lay M 2 unit
potent ial coil terminals Ob s erve p o larity .
• .

an
3. Repeat St ep 3 ab ove . ( "Testing M 1 Unit )

4. Connec t a p ai r o f light leads from t he SR-51 b inding p o s t s

marked " Relay Cont ac t s " t o the re lay � e rminals as s o c iat ed with
the re lay M 2 uni t trip circuit cont ac t s .

5.

6.
tM
Rep eat S t e p s 5 , 6 , 1 for "Test ing M 1 Unit " .

Adj us t the " Coar s e " and " Fine " Cont ro l s on the CS- 5 or CS- 6
ar
unt i l the Phas e Ang le Meter indicat es the presumed ang le o r
maximum t orque for the M 2 unit . ( Examp le : 7 5° current lag
voltage )
lP

1. Repeat St ep s 9- 1 3 ab ove . ( Test ing M 1 Unit )

Tes t ing OM 3 Unit ( Z one 3 ) for Reach , Phas e Angle and O f f s e t .

ca

1. Rep eat St ep 1 "Tes t ing M 1 Unit " .

2. Conne c t SR- 5 1 " AC Output # 3 " b inding p o s t s t o the re lay OM 3 uni t
pot ential c o i l t e rminals . Ob s erve po lar it y .
tri

3. Repeat St ep 3 " Tes t ing M1 Uni t " .

lec

4. Connect a pair o f light leads from t he SR-5 1 b inding pos t s marked

" Relay C ontact s " to the re lay terminals as s o c iated with t he re lay
OM 3 unit t rip c ircuit c ontac t s .

5. Rep eat S t ep s 5 , 6 and 1 "Test ing M 1 Uni t " .

.E

6. Adj us t the " Coars e " and "Fine " Controls on t he C S - 5 or CS-6 unt il
the Phas e Angle Met er indicat es the p re s umed angle o f maximum
torque for t he OM 3 unit . ( Examp l e : 7 50 current lag vo l t age )

7. Rep eat S t ep s 9 through 12 ab ove . ( "Tes t ing M 1 Unit " )

w

8. Repeat S t ep 1 "Tes t ing M 1 Uni t " .

ww
 om
3 - 102

( . _.,.
g. Adj us t "Coars e " and "Fine " Controls on CS-5 or cs-6 unt il the
Phas e Angle Met er indicates a shift of 1 8 0° from the OM 3 uni t

.c
angle o r maximum t orque .

1 0 . Repeat Steps 9 · and 1 0 "Tes ting M 1 Uni t " except the c alculat ion
will be Offs et of the OM 3 unit .

ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP

)
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
 om
3 - 103
DISTANCE ( IM�EDANCE ) RELAY

(We st inghous e Type HZ )

.c
GENERAL

The HZ relay i s a high speed zone distanc e impedanc e type relay pro­
viding either an ins t antaneous or a t ime de lay trip . The total re lay
c ontains five ( 5 ) maj or unit s , namely , t hree ( 3 ) instantaneous imped­

ls
anc e unit s , a direct ional unit and a synchronous t imer , each of whic h
i s d e sc ribed below :

ua
Ins t antaneous Impedanc e Unit s

The s e unit s work on t he balanc e-b eam princ iple . A magnet ic b e am i s

p ivot ed between two voltage act uat ed c o il s which produc e a magnet i c
pull on one end o f the beam , and a curr ent actuat ed coil which pro­

an
duc e s a magnet ic pull on t he ot her end of t he beam. When t he pull
produced by t he current c o i l exc eeds t he pull produced b y· t he voltage
c o i l s , t he beam t ip s and c l o s e s the relay trip c ircuit c ont ac t s .
The · values o r voltage and current requ ired t o t ip the b eam and c l o s e

tM
re lay trip c ircuit c ontact s , may be varied t hrough the u s e o r a c ore ·

s c rew and tap s on t he r·e lay current c o i l .

D irect ional Unit

ar
This is a po lar i z ed elect romagnet ic unit with a pivot ed armat ure .
There are two ( 2 ) pot ent ial c o il s and one ( 1 ) current c o i l . The unit
is des igned s o t hat for all current /voltage p hase re lat ionship
b etween current lead 1 0 0 ° to current lag a o o pas s ing t hrough o o lag ,
lP

t orque i s produc e� t o c lo s e t he unit ' s contact s . For al l t he ot her

c urrent /vo ltage phase relat ionship s , the d irect ional unit ' s c ont ac t s
·

are re strained .
ca

Sync hronous T imer

Thi s is a mot or driven t iming unit t hat provide s a t ime de lay for
tri

c l o s ing the re lay trip c ircuit cont act s in Z ones 2 and 3 .

TESTS TO BE RUN
lec

Balance - Impedanc e Unit Zone 1

Balance - Impedanc e . Unit Zone 2
Pickup of Direct ional Unit
Pickup Impedanc e Unit s Zone 1 , Zone 2 , Zone 3
Timing Test - Z one 2 Impedanc e Unit
.E

T iming Test - Z one 3 Imp edanc e Unit

Pickup of Target and Seal-In
w
ww
 om
3 104

(
TEST PROCEDURES

.c
ALWAYS CONSULT MANUFACTURER ' S LITERATURE BEFORE STARTING TEST

Balanc e - Impedance Unit - Z one 1

SETOl OF C ONTROLS BEFORE TEST - MODEL SR-51

ls
CONTROL POSITION
" Power ON" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

ua
"Timer Operation Selector" Switc h • • • • • • • • • • • UPPER-"N . O . MAINT . "
LOWER-"CONT . "

an
" Main C ontrol" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Z ero ( c ount erclockwise )

" Aux . Power" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ·• • • • • • • • • "INT . "

�oltme t er Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • So that t est voltage may

tM be read on UPPER 1/3 or scale

"Voltmet er Select or" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "AC-3"

ar
" Aux . Select or" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • AC or de s ired volt age

" Aux . Contro l" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( count erclockwis e )

lP

"AC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA

"DC Range" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • · · · � · · • • • • • • • • • • • • SA

ca

"Main Amme t er Range " Swit ch . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . So that test current may

be read on UPPER 1/3 o r scale

"Voltage Relay Te st " ( DET ) Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • � Set "NORM"

tri

" Output l l-12" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • . - • • • • -• • • • • • • Output 1 1

lec

1. Connect SR-51 t o a suitable source o r power a s indicat ed on the

nameplat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF . CHECK
THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .

2. C onnect Zone 1 current c oil t o " Output #1" .

.E

3. Connect Zone 1 pot ential c oil to "AC Output 3 " ·

4. Connect C ont inuity light acro s s terminals on relay so as to
ob s erve op eration or Zone 1 c ontact s .

s. Block direc� ional unit c ontac t s c lo s ed .

w

6. Turn " Power ON" Swit ch ON . " Power ON" light should glow .
ww

1. Init iate unit by pre s sing " Init iat e " Swit ch.
 3 - 105

om
8. Rotate " Aux . Contro l " c lo c kW i s e unt il 35 volt s is app lied t o
vo ltage c oils .

9. Rotat e "Main C ont ro l " c loc kwise unt il Zone 1 c ont ac t s c lo s e as

.c
indicat ed b y glowing o f C ont inuity light .

10 . Rec ord t hi s value or current .

11 . Return both " Aux . C ontro l " and "Main Cont ro l " t o zero ( count er­

ls
c lo c kwis e ) .

12 . Rot at e " Aux . C ontro l " c lockwise until 5 vo lt s i s app lied t o volt age

ua
co ils .
1 3 . Rotat e "Main C ontrol" c lo c kwise unt il Zone 1 c ontact s c lo s e as
indicat ed b y glowing o f Cont inuit y light .

an
1 4 . Rec ord this value o f cur rent . It should b e approximat ely l/7 t h
o f value record in S t ep 10 .

15 . Remove all relay b lo c king .

1. tM
Balance - Impedanc e Unit Zone 2

Same set up o f cont ro ls and hookup as for Zone 1 , exc ept Z one 2
c o il s and c ontact s are connect ed t o t e st unit ; · Timer C ontact s
ar
"T 1 " are j umpered ; direct ional unit c ontact s are b loc ked c lo s ed .

2. In St ep 8 use 6 0 vo lt s .
lP

3. In Step 1 2 use 1 0 vo lt s .

4 .. In Step 14 sec ond current should b e approximat ely l/6t h o f fir s t

ca

current .

5. Remove j umper from "T 1 " c ontac t .

·
tri

6. Remove b lo c king - direct ional unit .

Balance - Impedance Unit Zone 3

lec

1. No electric al t e s t rec ommended . Beam should . be balanced when

both current and pot ent ial coils are de-energized .
Pic kup o f Direct ional Unit
.E

SETU P OF CONTROLS - MODEL SR-51 RELAY TESTER

C ONTROL POSITION
" Power ON" Swit ch . . . . . • • . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF
w

" Timer Operat ion Select or" Swit ch • • • • • • • . • . • UPPER- " N . O . MAINT . "
LOWER- " CONT . "
ww

"Main Contro l " . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • • • • • • • • • . • • • . • • Z ero ( c ount erc lo c kw i s e )

 om
3 - 106

CONTROL POSITION (

.c
"Aux . Power" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " INT . "

"Vo ltmet er Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • l . 5 or 7 . 5 depending upon

posit ion or "D . E . T . " Swit ch

"Voltmet er Selector" Switch • "D . E . T . "

ls
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

"Aux . S elector" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "D. E.T . "

ua
"Aux . Contro l" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • zero ( count erc lockwis e )

"AC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA

an
"DC Rang e " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5A

"Main .Amme ter Range" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5A or lOA depending upon

posit ion or "D . E . T ; " Swit ch

" Output # l-# 2 " Switch • tM

"Voltage Relay Test " ( DET ) Switch • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Po s it ion 1-4 ( as de s ired )
" Output f l "
.
ar
l·. Connect SR-51 t o a suitable source or power as indicat ed on the
namep lat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS -
OFF . CHECK
THE "POWER ON" LIGHT .
lP

2. Connect Polarity t erminal ( ± ) or relay direct ion unit current )

operat ing coil to the Polarit y terminal ( ± ) or "AC OUt put 1 3 " ·
The other relay operat in� coil terminal should b e conne c t e d t o
ca

the desired tap or "Out put fl" . ·

3. Connect the relay voltage polarizing c o il to " AC Output # 3 "

t erminals . The Polarit y t erminal · ( ± ) o r the relay vo ltage p o lar­
izing c o il should be c onnected to -Non- Polarity t erminal o f
tri

" AC Out put # 3 " .

4. C onnect C ont inuity light s o as to obs erve operat ion or dire ct ional
lec

unit contact s . If nec e s sary , b lock other c ontact s to allow thi s

o b s ervat ion .
5. Turn " Power ON" Swit ch ON . " Power ON" light should glow .
.E

6. Init iat e unit by pre s s ing " Init iat e " Swit ch .

1. Rot at e "Main Contro l" clockwise unt il relay direct ional c ontac t s
c lo s e as indicat ed b y glow o r Cont inuity light .

8. Read and rec ord values of voltage and current .

w

9. Remove blocking from relay .

ww
 om
3 - 10 7

Pickup Impedance Unit s Zone 1, Z one 2 1 Z one 3

Test Equipment Required

Model . SR- 5 1 Relay T e s t er

.c
Mode l CS-5 , . C S-6 or CS-7 Pha s e Shift er & Phase Angle Met er
Not e : Please refer t o CS�7 instruct ion book when t e s t in g
with Model C S - 7

SETUP OF C ONTROLS - MODEL SR-51

ls
CONTROL POSIT ION

ua
" Power ON" Swit c h • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

" Timer Operat ion Selector" Switc h • • • • • • • • • • UPPER-"N . O . MAINT . "

LOWER- "CONT . "

an
" Main C ontrol" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Z ero ( count erc loc kwis e )

" Aux . Power " Swit c h • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " EXT . "

tM
"Vo ltmeter Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • So that t e st volt age may
be read on UPPER 1/ 3 o r s e a l

"Vo ltmeter Selector" Swit c h • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "AC-3 "

ar
" Aux . Selector" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "AC-3 150 "
/
" Aux . Contro l " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . Z ero ( c ount erc lockwis e )
lP

" AC Range " Swit ch . . • . • . • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • . • • . • lOA

"DC Range " Swit ch . . . . • . . •� • • • . . • • • • • • • • • • • • . 5A

ca

" Main Amme t er Range " Swit ch . . • • • . • • . . • . . • . . So that t e st c urrent may b e

read o n UPPER 1/ 3 o r s cale
tri

"Volt age Relay Te s t " ( DET ) Swit ch • • • • • • . • • • Set " NORM"

" Output # l- # 2 " Swit ch • . . • • • • • • . • • • . • • • • • • • • " Output # 1 "
lec

SETUP OF CONTROLS - Model C S-5 or C S- 6

C ONTROL POSITION

" Power ON-OFF " Swit ch • . . . . • • • • . • . • • • • • • • . • • OFF

.E

" Input Vo lt age Selector" . . • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • As required ( Not on C S - 6 )

" Phase Shift Adj ust Coar s e " . . . • • . • • • • . • • • • • Any po s it ion

" Phase Shift Adj ust Fine " . . . . . . . . . • • . • . •.• . • Count erc loc kwise
w

Swit ch ( upper right ) . . . . . • . . . . . . . • • • • . • • . . • " Phase Shift Output "

ww
 om
3 - 108

1. Connect SR-51 "AC Output #l" t o relay c urrent operat ing coil
t erminals . The relay c urrent coil s should be c onnect ed in series .
�

.c
Ob serve polarit y .

2. Connect all relay pot ential polarizing coils in parallel and

acro s s "AC Output # 3 " b inding post s . Ob serve po larit y .

ls
3. Connect . Cont inuit y light so as t o ob serve operat ion of Imp edanc e
Unit # l trip c ircuit contact s .

ua
4. Turn " Power ON" Swit ches ON . " Power ON" light s should glow .

5. Init iat e unit b y pushing " Init iat e " Switch.

6. Adj ust c urrent through operat ing coils or relay t o the des ired value

an
b y rotat ing the "Main Control " on the SR-51 clockwis e . ( suggested
5 amps . )

1. Adj us t Phase Shift er to d e s ired Phas e Angl e . ( suggested relay

tM
angle of maximum t orque . ) Cont inuit y light should glow .
B. Increas e applied vo ltage b y rot at ing "Aux . Contro.l " on SR-51
c lockwise unt il Cont inuity ligh� is ext inguished . Increas e
vo lt age 10-15 vo lt s above t hi s po int • Then slowly decrease
ar
volt age by count erc lockwise rotat ion of "Aux . Cont rol" on SR-51
unt il the Cont inuity light glows . Re cord the se value s of
current , voltage and phase angle as p ickup of Zone 1 Impedance
Unit .
lP

9. Ret urn "Main Cont rol" and " Aux . Control" t o zero posit ions .
ca

1 0 . J umper re lay timer cont act s .

11 . C onnec t Cont inuit y �ight to ob serve operat ion o f Imp edance Unit
12 trip c ircuit cont act s .
tri

12 . Repeat St eps 6 -9 above . Rec ord the values or current , vo ltage and
phase angle as pickup of Z one 2 Impedance Unit .
lec

1 3 . Conne c t Cont inuity light t o obs erve operation o f Impedance Unit # 3

trip c ircuit contact s .

14 . Rep eat Steps 6-9 above . Record the value s of current , voltage and
phas e angl e as p ickup of Zone 3 Impedanc e Unit .
.E

15 . Turn t est s et s OFF and remove all relay blocking and j umpers .
w
ww
 om
3 - 1 09

Timing Test - Z one 2 Impedance Unit

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST - MODEL SR-5�

.c
CONTROL POSIT ION

" Power ON" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

ls
" Timer Operat ion Selector" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • UPPER - " N . O . MOM"
LOWER - "CONT . "

ua
"Main Contro l " · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · � · · Zero ( c ounterc loc kwi s e )
" Aux . Power " Swit ch • • •. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " EXT . "

an
"Vo ltmet er Range " Switch • • • • • • • •. • • • • • • • • • • • • So that t e s t vo ltage will
be read on UPPER 1/3 o f scale

"Vo ltmet er Selector" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " AC EXT . "

"Aux . Selector" Swit ch

"Aux . Control" • • •tM • • • • •

•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

.
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
"DC 150V"

Z ero ( c ount erclockwis e )

ar
" AC Range " Swit ch . . • • . • • • • • • • • • .' • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA

,
"DC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5A
lP

"Main Ammet er Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • So t hat t e st current will b e

read on UPPER 1/3 o r s c ale
ca

"Voltage Re lay Te s t " ( DET ) Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • Set " NORM"

" Out put # 1 - # 2 !' Swit ch . . . . • • . . • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • "Output # 1 "

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST - MODEL CS-5 or CS-6

tri

CONTROL POS IT ION

lec

" Power ON-OFF " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

" Input Vo ltage S e lector" . . . . . . • . . • • • • • • • • : • • As required ( Not on CS-6 )

" Phas e Shift Adj ust Coar s e " . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . "A"
.E

" Phas e Shift Adj ust Fine " . . . . • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • Count erc lockwise

Swit ch ( upper right ) . . . . . . . . . • . • . • • • • . . . • • • . " Phas e Shift Output "

w
ww
 om
3 - 110

Connect SR-51 "AC Output #l" to relay current operat ing coil (

.c
t erminals . The relay curr e nt coils should be c onnect ed in
s erie s . Ob serve polarit y .

2. Connect all relay pot ent ial polarizing c oils in parallel and
t o " Phas e Shift er Output " t erminals of CS-5 or CS-6 . Ob s erve
polarity .

ls
3· Connect a pair of light leads from " Phas e Shift er Output " t ermin­
als on CS-5 or cs-6 to " External Voltmeter" t erminals on SR-51 .

ua
4. Connec t "DC Output " b inding posts on SR-51 to relay t erminals
so t hat lower contact swit ch or relay may be energized .

an
5. Rot at e "Aux . Control " 1/2 turn clockwise .

6. Turn " Power ON" Switches ON . "Power ON" light s should glow .

1. Set Point er Pre-Set on Main Amme ter to l/2 division b elow

tM
de s ired t es t current . This - value or current should be high enough
t o pick up Zone 2 Imp edance Unit . It may b e calculat ed from
relay sett ings and volt age available from " Phas e Shift er Output " .
.
ar
8. Rot at e "Main Control " c lockwise to increase curr ent to desired
value . Jog " Init ia·t e " Swit ch. Set CS-5 or cs-6 t o desired
phas e angle .
lP

9. Conne c t "Relay Cont act s " b inding post s on SR-51 to re lay t erminal s )
so that clo sure ot "Timer 1 " contact s may b e observed .

10 . Adj ust GTimer Operat ion Sel ector" Swit ch, UPPER-"N .� � MAINT . " ,
ca

LOWER - "TIMER" •

l l . Initiat e unit by pre s s ing " Init iat e " Swit ch .

tri

12 . Rec ord t ime to trip .

Timing T e s t - Zone 3 Impedanc e Unit

lec

Repeat Steps 1 through 12 ab ove exc ept that in St ep 9 , connect s o

a s t o t ime c losure of Timer 2 c ontact s .

Pic kup o f Targets

.E

S e e DC Target and Seal-In t e st proc edure .

w
ww
 om
3 - 111

TYPICAL TESTS FOR DC AUXILIARY RELAYS

Model SR- 5 1 Only
•

.c
ALWAYS REFER TO MANUFACTURER ' S LITERATURE BEFORE TESTING

Typ e o f Tes t s
Pi ckup

ls
Dropo ut
SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

ua
CONTROL POSITION

" Powe r ON" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

an
"Time r Operation Selector" Swit ch . . . . . UPPER- "N . O . MAINT"
LOWER- " CONT" .

"Main Contro l " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • . . Zero ( co unterclo ckwis e )

" Aux . Power" Swi t ch •

tM
"Vo ltmeter Range " Swi t ch •
• • • • • • • . . . . . . . • . . •

. • • . . . . . . . . . .
" INT"

So that des i red t e s t vo lt age

will be re ad in upp e r 1/ 3 o f s e al
ar
"Vo ltmeter Se le ctor" Swit ch . . . . . . . . . . . DC
lP

" Aux . Se le ctor" Swi t ch • • . • • . . . . • . . . . . . l50 or 300 DC

" Aux . Contl:'o l " · · · · · · · · · · � · · · · · · · · · · · · · Zero ( co unte rc lackw i s e )

ca

n AC Range II Swi t.ch . • . • • • 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA

"DC Range " Switch . . • • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5A

tri

"Output # 1 - # 2 " Swi t ch . • • • • • • . . . . . . . . . . "Output # 1 "

" Main Amme t e r Range " Swi t ch • • . . . . . • . . . soo

lec

"Vo lt age Re lay Tes t " ( DET ) Switch . . . . . . Set "NORM"

Tes ting Pi ckup and Dropout ·

1. C onne ct Mode l SR- 5 1 t o a s ui t ab le s ource o r powe r as indi cat e d o n

.E

the nameplate an d ground . BE SURE T HE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF . CHE C K

THE " POWER ON " LIGHT .

2. Conne ct re lay operating co il terminals t o "DC Output " b inding

pos t s of tes t s et �
w

3 . . Conne ct light leads from tes t set binding po s t s marke d " Re lay
Contacts " to trip circui t contact terminals o f the re lay .
ww
 om
3 - 112

4. Turn "Power ON" Swit ch ON . "Power Oll" light should glow .

.c
5. Initiat e unit by pres sing " Initiate " Switch .
6. Rot at e "Aux. Control" clo ckwis e to increas e output until continuity
light glows •

ls
1. Read pi ckup voltage on voltmeter . Re cord .

ua
8. Rotate "Aux . Control" counterclo ckwise to de cre as e output until
continuity light extinguishes .

9. Read dropo ut voltage on voltmeter . Re cord .

an
10 . Turn test s e t OFF .

tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
 om
4 - 1
TESTING DC TARGET AND SEAL�IN UNITS ( Operat ions Indicat or)
•

.c
The operat ing c oil o f the Target and. ·s eal-In unit is u sually locat e d
i n t h e same c ircuit a s the relay trip c ircuit contact s . Therefore ,
when ·us ing the relay •_ s trip c ircuit t erminals as a c onnection t o
energize t he Target unit operat ing coil , the relay ' s t rip c ircuit
c ontact s must b e c lo s ed or s hunt ed . ··

ls
Testing

Always refer t o manufacturer ' s literature before t e s t ing .

ua
Type o f Test

1. Pickup

an
SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

CONTROL POSITION

" Power ON " Swit c h

tM • •

"Timer Operat ion S e lect or". Swit ch

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
OFF

LOWER- "DC "

.

UPPER-"N O . fttAINT . "

•
ar
" Main Contro l " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Z ero ( count erc loc kwi s e )

" Aux . Power" Swit ch " INT . "

lP

• • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

"Voltmeter Range" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 300

ca

"Vo ltme ter Selec t or " Switch . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . : " EXT . AC "

" Aux . Selector" Switch . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . 8 VDC

11 Aux . Contro l " . Zer� ( c ount erc loc kwis e )

tri

• • . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .

11 AC Range Switch11 • • • • • • • • • • • ·• • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA

lec

" DC Range " Switch • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • As de s ired

" Main Amme t er Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • . • . . " SO O "

"Vo ltage Relay " ( DET ) Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . Set " NORM"

.E

"Output 1 1-# 2 " Swit ch • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . "Out put # 1 "

w
ww
 om
4 - 2
1. C onnect Model SR-51 t o a suitable s ource ot power as indicat ed
on the nameplate and ground � BE SURE THE MA IN SWITCH IS OFF . ( ) .

.c
CHECK THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .
2. Connect light leads from b inding post s marked "Relay Contact s "
to operating c oil or Target and Seal-In unit s .

ls
3. It nec e ssary , c lose relay trip c ircuit contac t s . This may b e
done electrically or mechanically . T o c lose the se contact s
electrically , energize the proper operating coil rrom

ua
" Output # 1 " or " Output 1 2 " or the t e st set . When " Output # 1 "
i s used , it will b e nec e s sary t o adj ust the test set Main
amm e t er swit c h so that t he current required to c los e t he relay
trip c ircuit c ontact s may be read on the upper 1/3 or amm e ter
scale .

an
4. Turn " Power ON" Switch ON . "Power ON" light should glow .

5. Init iat e unit by pre s s ing " Init iat e " Switch.
6.
tM
When re lay trip c ircuit c ontact s are closed electrically ,
rotat e "Main Contro l" c lockwi se t o energize proper operat ing
c o il .
ar
7. Rotat e �ux . Contro l " siowly ( c lockwise ) t o increas e output
unt il Target shows or Seal-In picks up .
lP

8. Ob serve DC ampere s on DC Amme t er and rec ord .

9. Open relay trip c ircui� c ontact s . The DC trip c ircuit should

remain energized through the Seal-In c ontact s
ca

•
tri

•
lec
.E
w
ww
 om
4 - 3
TESTING INSULATION RESISTANCE
SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

.c
CONTROL POSIT ION
" Power ON" Switc h .· • . - • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

"Timer Operat ion Select or" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • UPPER- "N . O . MAINT . "

ls
LOWER- "OFF "

" Main Control " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Z ero ( c ounterc lockwi s e )

ua
" Aux . Power" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " INT . "

"Voltmet er Range" Switc h • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " INS . RES . "

an
"Vo ltmet er Select or" Swit ch • ·
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • " INS . RES . "

"Aux . Se lect or " Switc h • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " INS . RES . "

tM
" Aux . Control" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • � Z ero ( c ount erc loc kw is e )

" AC Range " Swit ch . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • . • • • • lOA

"DC Range " Switch . -

5A
ar
. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • . • •

"Ma in Ammeter Range" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • soo

lP

"Voltage Relay Te s t " ( DET ) Switch • • • • • . • • • . S e t "NORM . "

" Output # 1- # 2 " Switch. •

.
.: • • • . • • • • • • • . • • • • • . " Out put # 1 "
ca

Test ing

1. C onnect the SR-5 1 t o a suitab le source o f power as indicat ed

on the nameplat e and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF .
tri

CHECK THE " POWER ON" LIGHT .

2. Connect high voltage test leads to terminals marked " INS . RES . "
lec

3. Throw " Power ON" Swit eh to ON . " Power ON" light should glow .

4. Init iat e unit b y pre s s ing " Init iat e " Swit c h .

5. Make sure test pro b e s are s eparat ed .

.E

6. Increase "Aux . Control" ( c lockwis e ) unt il reading o f infinit y i s

obtained o n megohm scale o r voltmet er o n SR-51 .

7. Apply t e s t prob es t o the equipment t o be t e st ed . The re lay

c omponent s will not be harmed as long as one probe is app lied
w

t o re lay frame and the ot her to all ext ernal t erminal s of the
re lay . If the relay insulat ion is good , the megohmme t er s hould
c ont inue to read in upper lOJ or s cale .
ww

CAUT ION
TEST PROBES HAVE 1 2 0 0 VOLTS AC IMPRESS ED
ON THEM . C ARE SHOULD BE TAKEN IN HANDLING
 om
TYPICAL TEST FOR HEATER TYPE THERMAL MOTOR OVERLOAD RELAYS
( •

.c
SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

CONTROL POSITION

ls
"Power On" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

ua
"Timer Operation S e lector" • • • • • • • • • • • • • OPPER - "N . C . MOM" ,
LOWER - "CONT"

" Main Contro l " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero (counterclockwis e )

an
"Aux . Power" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "INT"

,
�oltmeter Range " Sw1tch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "300"

" Aux . Selector" Swit ch •

"Aux . Control " • • • • • •

tM
�oltme t er Selector " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
" EXT .

"VERN"
AC"

:· . zero (c ount erc lockwise )

ar
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

"AC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA

lP

"DC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SA

n
Main Amme ter Range n Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • S o . that test curr ent may b e
read on upper l/3 o r s cale .
ca

"Voltage Re lay �es t " (DET ) Switch • • • • • • • Set "NORM"

"Output # l-# 2 " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Output 1 1
tri

Tes t Procedure
lec

l. Refer t o manuractur.e r ' s literature for connect ion point s and

Tii•IE-CURRENT Curve s ot the device to b e tested .
2. Conne ct the test set t o · a s uitable s ource ot power as indi cat e d
on the nameplate . BE SURE THE l·1AIN SWITCH IS OFF . CHECK THE
.E

"POWER ON" LIGHT .

3. Conne ct operating coil or heater or device to b e tested t o
"Output # l " or the test s et .
4. Conne ct relay contacts o r device being tested to "Relay Cont ac t s
w

binding posts o t t e s t s e t .
5. Pre s et main amme ter nee dle l/2 diVision b elow desired test
ww

current through the us� or the p ointe r pre -s et .

 4 - 5

om
6. Turn "Power ON" Swit ch ON . " Power ON" light should glow •

.c
7· Jog test s et with " Initiate " switch and rot at e "Main Contro l •
clockwi s e to increas e current to desired value .

8. Set "Timer Operat ion Selector" Switch , UPPER - "N . C . MAINT " •
LOWER - "TIMER" .

ls
9. Res et timer to zero .

10 . Initiate unit with " Initiat e " Swit ch and run test .

ua
11 . If �or adj ustments 1n current are nec e s sary , use "Aux . C ontrol " .

12 . Timer s t op s and test s et will de-energize when device under t e s t

an
trip s .
13. Read timer and record re sult s . Compare to manufacturer ' s
specifications .

tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
 om
(
THERMAL OVERLOAD

.c
RELAYS

(West inghouse T,ype BL-1 ) (General Electric Type TMC )

ls
GENERAL

The Wes t inghouse Type BL-1 is a thermal overload relay basi cally

ua
des igned to provide overload running protect ion of a mot or . The
relay may b e used anywhere i f the current trans former rat io is suc h
t hat a t full load current or t he motor , t h e relay rec e ives between
2 . 5 - 5 . 0 amperes . The relay setting is changed b y moving an indic at or

an
on a sliding s c ale and/or changing the position of short-circui t ing
links . When the s cale pointer i s set to one of the indicated current
values (motor tull load curr e nt ) , the relay cont ac t s will c lose in
approximately 60 minut es if the current increas es t o 1 2 5 � or mot or full
load current . (NOTE : The full load curr ent must have been flowing

tM
long enough tor the t emperature rise t o reach a constant value . )

The General Ele ctric Type TMC is a thermal relay also providing over­
load running protection tor· motors . The range of adj us tment or the
ar
relay is from 2 . 01 - 5 . 09 amperes ( curr e nt trans former sec ondary
current s ) . However , the relay rating is changed through the us e or
10 interchangeab le operat ing coils . The relay is provided with a s crew
adj ustment to vary the setting or each operating coil from 9 0 % to llO %
lP

of the rat ed coil current . )

Both the BL-l and TMC re lays are amb ient c ompens ated and are equipped
with ins tantaneous element s tor short c ircuit prot ect ion or a mot or .
ca

Te s t ing
Type O f Te sts
tri

Time Curr ent Characteristics

Instant aneous Pickup
lec

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

CONTROL POSITION

" Power ON" Swit ch OFF

.E

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

"Timer Operat ion Selector" Switch • • • • UPPER "N . O . MOM"

LOWER " CONT . "

"Main Cont rol " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( c ount erclockwis e )

w

�Aux . Power " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • INT

"30 0 "
ww

"Voltmeter Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • •

(
 om
4 - 7

CONTROL POSITIO N
•

.c
�o ltmeter Selector" Switc h • • • � • • • • • "EXT . AC "

" Aux . Selec tor " Swit c h • • • • • • • • • • • • • • VERN

" Aux . Contro l " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero (counte rc lo c kwise )

ls
" AC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA

ua
"DC Range " Sw.i tch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SA

" Main Amme t er Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • So that t e s t c urrent may be

read in upp er 1/3 or scale .

an
�olt age Relay Test " (DET ) Swit ch • • • Set " NORM"

"Out p ut # 1-# 2 Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Output #1

1. tM
Test ing tor Time Current Charact erist ics

Refer t o manufacturer ' s lit�rature for connection point s and

TIME-CURRENT c urves o f the relay to be tes t ed .
ar
2. Connect the SR- 5 1 t o a suitab le sourc e of power a s indicated
on the nameplat e . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS OFF . CHECK THE
lP

" POWER ON " LIGHT .

3. Connect the re lay thermal unit op erat ing co il terminal s t o t he

test set "AC Output # 1 " t erminals .
ca

4. Turn "Power On " swit ch "ON" . " Power On " light should glow .

5. Use main amme ter pre -set t o set the main amme ter needle approx­
tri

imately 1/2 scale division below des ired t e s t c urrent .

6. J o g the test set by alte�at ely pre s s ing and re leas ing the
lec

" initiat e " swit ch . At t he same t ime rot at e the "Main C ont ro l "
c lockwise J unt il the main amme t er needle moves o ff the pre- s e t
and indic ates . the d e s ired . amount of t e st current .

1. Connect test set "Relay Cont acts " b inding post t o the relay trip
c ircuit c ont ac t t erminals assoc iated with the relay thermal
.E

e lement .

8. I f necessary allow the re lay coil t o cool down t o approximat e ly

room temperature .

g. Set "Timer Operation Selector " Switch , UPPER - " N . O . Maint " ,
w

LOWER - "TIMER " •

10 . Res et t imer t o z ero .

ww
 om
( •

.c
11 . Init iate unit with " Initiat e " switch and run test .

12 . If minor adj us tments in curr e nt are nec es s ary , us e "Aux .

Cont rol . "

13 . Timer will stop and t es t set will de-energiz e when thermal

ls
unit trip c ircuit contacts o r relay clos e .

14 . Read t imer and rec ord result s . Compare to manufacturer ' s

ua
spec ifications .

Tes t ing Instantaneous Trip

an
1. · Connect the SR-51 to a suitable source of power as indicated
on the nameplate and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS Q£!..
CHECK THE "POWER ON" LIGHT .

2. Connect inst antaneous unit op erating coil o r the relay to

3. tM
" Output # 1 " of the t es t s et .

Connect light leads from b inding posts marked "Relay Cont act s "
on the test s et to ins tantaneous unit trip c ircuit c ontact
ar
t erminals on the relay .

4. Set "T�er Operation Selec tor " Swit ch , UPPER - " N . O . MOM" ,
LOWER - " FAST TRIP " .
lP

5. Turn "Power ON" Switch ON .

6. Init iate unit by ho lding in " Init iat e " Swit ch .

ca

7. Rotate "l-iain Control " ( c lo c kwise ) t o increa s e current unt il t imer

stops .
tri

b. Rap idly read this value o r current and re leas e " Init iat e " swit ch .

\alARMING ! ! ! CURRENT IS FLOUING THROUGH THE RELAY CO IL

UNTIL 11 INITIATE " SWITCH IS RELEASED .
lec

THEREFORE , IT IS IMPORTANT TO READ THE

VALUE· OF CURRENT RAP IDLY .

9. Dec rease s etting o r "Hain C ontro l " about 10 � and j og the

.E

" Initiate " switch . Det ermine minimum s etting o r "!1ain Contro l "
where relay ins tantaneous trip c ircuit contac t s o r the relay
cons istent ly close when the test set "Init iat e " switch is pre s s ed .
•

10 . Read and rec ord pickup current .

w

11 . Turn test s et o ff .
ww
 om
4 - 9

TESTING ROWAN MAGNETIC OVERLOAD RELAYS

•

.c
1. Types o f Te s t s

a. Pick-up
b. Timing

ls
NOTE : The pic k-up t e s t is not normally performed unle s s it
is des ired t o change the s e t t ing , or it is s us p e c t e d

ua
that the s etting has b e e n changed .

Pick-up

an
1. Remove dashpot from the re lay by relea s ing ret ainers and
bearing p in . Set das hp qt aside in an upright p o s it ion .

2. Se cure proper calibrat ing we ight from manufacturer and susp end
from lower cont ro l arm attached to relay armature .

3.
tM
Follow t e s t set setup o f c ontro ls and s t ep s ( 1 ) t hrough ( 4 )
under "Typical Te s t s for Heat er Type Thermal Motor Overload
Relay s . "
ar
4. Turn " Powe r ON" Switch ON . Powe r ON light and c ont inuity l ight
should glow .
lP

5. Init iat e t e s t set by pre s s ing " Init iate " switch .

6. Rotate "Main Contro l " c loc kwise unt i l cont inuity light i s e x­
t inguished .
ca

1. Read . and rec ord t hi s value o f current as p ick-up .

Timing
tri

1. Remove calibrat ed we ight and re-in s t a l l dashp o t if d i s c onnect ed

previous ly . Operate armature b y hand several t imes t o re s e t
lec

p i s t on and oil .

2. Fol low ent ire procedure for "Typical Te s t for Heat er Typ e The rma:
Motor Ove rload Relay s . "
.E
w
ww
 om
TESTING MULTI-POLE MOLDED CASE C IRCUIT BREAKERS (

.c
ALWAYS REFER TO MANUFACTURER ' S LITERATURE BEFORE TESTING

SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

ls
CONTROL POSITION

ua
"Power ON" Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF

"Timer Operation Selector" Switch • UPPER - "N . C . MOM" ,

an
• • • • •

LOWER - "OFF "

"Main C ontro l " • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( c ounterc lockwise )

"Aux . Power" Switch •

tM
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • INT

�oltmeter Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " 30 0 "

"Voltmeter Sele ct or" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • EXT AC
ar
" Atix . Sele ct or" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • �"

" Aux . C ont ro l " • Zero (count erc lockwis e )

lP

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

"AC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lOA

ca

"DC Range " Swit ch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SA

"Main Amme ter Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • So that des ired test current
may be read on upper 1/ 3 of
s cale .
tri

�oltage Re lay Tes t " (DET ) Switch • •· • • • • • Set NORM

lec

"Output # 1-# 2 " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Output # 1

Testing
.E

1. Connect test set t o a s uitab le s ource or p ower as indicated on

the nameplate and ground . BE SURE THE MAIN SWITCH IS �·
CHECK THE "POWER ON" LIGHT .
•

2. C onne ct one pole ot circuit breaker t o be tested t o "Output # 1"

terminals or the test set .
w

3. C onne ct another p ole or circuit breaker t o be tested to "Re lay

C ontacts " b inding posts o r the test set .
ww
 om
4 - 11

4. Pre s et main amme t er needle 1/2 divis ion b e low de s ired t e s t

•
current through t he use o r the pointer pre s e t .

.c
5. Turn "Power O N " Swit ch "ON" . " P ower ON" light should glow .

6. Close c ircuit b re aker under t e s t .

ls
7. Jog test s e t with " Initi.ate " switch and rotate "Main C ontro l "
( c lockwis e ) t o obt ain des ired t e s t current .

ua
8. Adj ust " Timer Op e ration Selector " Switch - UPPER - " N . C . MAINT " ,
LOWER - " T IMER "•

9. Res et t imer t o zero .

an
10 . Ini tiate unit with " Ini t i at e " Swit ch and run t e s t .

11 . I f minor adj us tments in current are nec e s s ary , use " Aux . Control "

tM
12 . Time r s t op s and t e s t s e t de-energizes when circuit b reaker under
t e s t trip s .

13 . Read t imer and re c ord re s ult s . C ompare t o manufacturer ' s

spe cific at ions •
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E

•
w
ww
 om
4 - 12

TESTING S INGLE POLE MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ( •

J

.c
NOTE : The MULTI-AMP test s e t must b e equipped with a Current
Actuator ( optional accessory ) to use this test procedure .
SETUP OF CONTROLS BEFORE TEST

ls
CONTROL POSITION

ua
" Powe r ON" Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • OFF
"Timer Operation Se le ctor " Swit ch • • • • • • UPPER - "N . O . MOM"

an
LOWER - "OFF"
"Main Control" • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Zero ( c ounterc lockwis e )
" Aux . P ower" Swit ch . " INT"

tM
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

"Voltme ter Range " Switch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • " 30 0 "

"Voltmeter Selec tor " Switch • • • • • • • • • • � . "EXT . AC "
ar
"Aux . Sele ctor " Switch • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • "VERN "

" Aux . C ontro l " • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • Zero ( c ounterc lockwis e )

lP

" AC Range " Switch • • . • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • lO A

"DC Range " Switch .
-
5A
ca

• . • . . . . • . • • . • • • • • • • • •

"Main Ammeter Range " Swit ch • • • • . • • . • • . • So that desired test c urrent

may be read on upper 1/3 o f
s cale .
tri

"Voltage Relay Te st " (DET ) Switch • • . • • • Set "NORM"

lec

" Output # l-#2 " Swi tch • • . • • • • • ; • • • • • . • • • Output #1

Tes ting
1. Connect test s et t o a s uitab le sourc e of power as indicated on
.E

the nameplate and ground . BE SURE THE fl[AIN SWITCH IS Q!E.·

2. C onnect single pole c irc uit breaker to be tested to "Output #l" •
t erminals o f the �ruLTI-�4P .
3. Preset main amme ter needle 1/2 divis ion .be low des ired tes t
w

c urrent through the us e of the pointer preset .

4. Turn " Power ON" Swit ch "ON " . "Power ON" light should glow .
ww

(
5. Close circuit b re aker under test .
 om
4 - 13

6. Jog t e s t set with " Init iate " Swit ch and rotate "Main Cont ro l "
• (c lockwise ) t o obt ain des ired t e s t current

.c
•

7. Adj ust "Timer Operat ion Selec tor" Swit c h , UPPER - "N . O . MOM"
LO WER "TIMER"
•

- •

8. Re set t imer to zero .

ls
9. Init iat e unit with " Initiat e " switch and run t es t .

ua
10 . If minor adj ustment s in current are nec e s s ary , us e "Aux . Control "

11 . Timer stop s and t e s t set de-energiz e s when c ircuit breaker under

t est trip s .

an
12 . Read t imer and record re sult s . Compare with manufac turer ' s
specificat ions .

tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
 om
5 - 2

.c
3. Set controls for "CA" operat ion .

4. Set " Amme ter Range " switch t o any pos ition .

s. Turn power ON and rot at e "Main C ontro l " until the amme ter

ls
indicates 2 0 % or tull scale .
·

6. Adj ust the potentiometer until the t imer hands j ust start

ua
running at this point .

Not e s :

an
1. It attempt i s made t o make the "CA" pick up at too low a
current value , t he unit will chatt er when the load circuit
is broken .

2. The s ensitivity o r the . "CA " circuit will vary slight ly

3.
tron tube .
tM
due to the phase angle of the load and aging or the Thyra­

!f the "CA" re fus e s t o operat e , the 2D2l tube should be

ar
replaced first .
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww

(
 � ..
. ' �
�

.c
- - � :-f
' �·�.��. .
--. · ::r:· � -. .... .. .
.
· -: .. ,.
.... . . �::�-· --·-·��1��;� ···. �- · · -
. . ..

---- - -- - -- -- � :::�:-:--:y:�;i;: ·r.

�FJ.:�'· . ..
r-- - - - -- ---- -
�
,_ -

. ; · .,
f»l _·

r-
·
. .
; \s7. I ' .\ . -,� -
-
-- --· · - - -- - - - �s
.
_ .::;
��., . :5' .. _s!"
. ' . ...
· s '< . r
. � ·

, ..
. .. . . �·

o-�q:rr
.- _ __, . _
-=:Jwsoz:·
.
-D =

ls
... . - . - - •
B(VOLTM( T t:: �
I C o R CuiT) 0
AC OUTPUT Z

Fl • T f )

ruH n
, (5 E tJOT E 2 )
51•
_,3.� X 2•
. .1 1 . ._ . .
- ••
.
• _
rz
r.,,
__ _ _ • _ . .
' ""
- ·- - -
.
: E"""''--� 0·90V I ? . �A
·
.

lf_:J

ua
•
3
1:1AW._ t "<:; 1 I T .
1 '-----(» 0·4 1V 2 5 A

I"
'3

j
UiW' ' . :: ---- --- ., o·zov
240'1 ().,-o- . �- 50A
i
I G�- ' oew• �"- ••
.T � I :-
wo
trN.
: ::----� O·IOV I•� OA
011 L • Po �
120V �� -�
�. � ·
. :l O·••ov
.
- -- o · - --t
I
v :l

, � L-£. :
. - 0\.ITPIJT I
/1.:",
•

�-:�J
·
--- �
=-
�...,_ _
wa

s,.- 1 -

�' " -'f -;-:

_ __ __ J
c �E_-

1
·-

affl'
f

f->-"31C"T"'I �� �
C

an
SE£ �OTE I
' ? 9�
1,2 PAM W
"''
.- I �- 0' 5'"rJ---1._� '),?�:) '; AA :;� .t.A -.,·. :;E
�.:: Q
'

-
S�·\ . �- T3 F4 xz. I
S .C. a
.#\' ! �-
8' I (}( S )

�
Slc ;.!.
.... ... 2�·100 A
J · l� H--�

j �-..,
+

• • •, _':2.§ WO G Y
l. t�7 ' p =--- · 1 0 1 RANGE
T4..:!J.O X4•
.... '

-
• , .-,-.r-
��� d ...���,
I
-1""' 1
__
"
�T
.
,, • j ..., I
�
�4 .._1
--- · .
' X4 o .... 'j
�
ll:OV :J
-----ri2Jy,---: - I c:. __ o-t S
'! o...!!!� \,..__.3. .
J Gv• w
�
-VI B O L w a vX4c C -� · 2 5

, ... � : • �::;�
. - ""
r·, o, ·\ I VOLT RELAY TE5 T J
'J

- , J..."
P"

S3b
•• -p - -- - -'· - ••
•tov 1 ., ....o o � L ( V:JLT M E T E R C • J.;CUI T l

Ir - �. 'l[.� ,..�� . ;: ,� �·· �

. _ · X 4 c '�'� G"'
.... �!.. r · x.:� a � ..,......., .... �w v

tM
·
- . . -'�---oJ T"" "'��'\-t�:'-fSw -..J-
rl I
f2
I - ____, T 0.�

;JJ·-<> - ��2�
, ,� ...
_____ x � c.

I
?I
J----t-
•
·:"2'�0' """'" ......
�- - 1: -
�
9 .. -
L
w •• i- 51
XI
i._ �I
�- 0 5A · 5 0A 5 1' 1 T C H
<·
'" '
..:... .s
�
_
J
', •Zll' 6K
D1 • '-'4,, so o
�'� "''� ')
-
Q
r · •....- · .
• "'

�-
. >· 0 ... +- _u. � -�� �
1 1 1���,T� 11. "' ' ; 1 '-.-
I

U:S� ' r.w v

� J�__..�!·· · .,. �:.� :
:_� - f + Q SV �A

?"4'-
I
....,J
J
, 1
�. �
6t
1 � I

- - 1 -- - - c... .L.--: I :2 1 w!, I

G ' O·I50V 03A
r
..,__ ___ J A A

.' DC5'0T�or
1
,
.. Wli ..cz.� S'!S-•
'' 1 :
I. J� , . "'" o -�'JV O.I 5t-
J w

.
XI
-tY' "44- - · ·--+
•
-4 1-- 'i":: -"! "'-H_ -- '
r<

� iIi
I
I

xI 1WU!-
�. �
.,
- �;-
jfi��
e -· - - - - - ·--·

ar
·

p
....
� L (VO\.T ME T E R CI RCUI T)

o�
OPAWING SYM!)O!.S
' I .
I "' _I S 9o S9 b
-��_,u!::.

3�2;
��.-
1 ,4
X5 ' '55;.- I ·/ I I l.r-·-�k,..."-.!\
+ •

. '·
U
l iS5• -
L o-'oJ. S+--��
I
I I
.J..:>'-J 'l; i
S4 , fr\JIER
.

II .
:
____ O.h•
. .. : .. . w ov1 ·� I t-- J ( O E T. SW1TCH)
I

_, x�' l' �x;;� I'I•

,·
I
- , ,;;::,_ ;
_'!'>"'� ,
20 R2

I
•

:·, . ·
....
wa • - -- - -·---1!.� . :
- -----'-<>� �., _3:-- '
:lr . I j·
· � VARIABLE
AUTO TRANS�ERr
,
��

r A6 .
6tl}
,
• ,,j
I(
1
w 'V • '

1..

lP
------·

�- ' ·-· ' , 4o �"' _

-fC]- FUSE :

- �')";?. r-----�
I I. f<'"'5
4 • I
. ..
LL.:y"": ·
'

w"�i
1- !
·

.
I
I �
r. R5 0

lI Ii .
: E•
·
I W G,., �A ! 1I I
CAPACITOR

.
•
- II 0 I
s.O · I O A SWITCH
.....,._. RESISTOR
I @
l !
1

!
•
7r, o
RCLIIY
St2 M S �b J.RELAY

� �J.-
N- --- --- -- 0

I
I
ca TCONT.IICTS

,6BfJ.� AY � o_ 55� �j 0 2 VV �0.5A

.
• 6A
AC OUTPUT 0 3 -- -- --
VOLT M E T E R CIRCUIT
.N.O.
: .;::;% 0 · 4 NOTES
;s ::j� IV OLT METER C
JUfOII I' (R
�
0·150
il
lh
oc

\ CIR C UIT ) �--9�r,;e;;·���� � c�:�·��5:��Z�,

---o
0·300V�0.25A
·

OUTPUT I !!..·;'-]L"'_o

b" w=��-
r - �

I
3-F� PARTS LIST SEE OWG. 1 • 13 1 8
- - - - .. f
I OR
4-()�E COLOq •SOi.IO CCLOR
__

W • W H I T ( WI T H TRhCEh
V RELAY T EST
!BLACK WITH TRACER
I CA .ri .f1,1 ' WB • W'<ITE
tri
UNIT .
fl - -
5 A H v-WY RE
G¥
_;_ V I
4
.,.
1'-----·-·UJ-j /

_j . _:._����
OPTIONAL 7
(5(( �OT ( I ) -�• 4b 6 · RELIIYS X1,XS t<6 ARE S I NGLE

' IC
.1 t-ef2--®J 1 ' P('LE - S E E Sl<l:TCH AT RIGHT

r -�---- - -
J:J C�-�--- ---N(-1-- -
we J"'
� OH M U LT I ��LE REL AY
C3 · 4u t
- S..4a

I - - -
2 J•
- . I"' ' l

I
• .,.,..,.O U T
( X 'fi'3 ,41 .
1] I
,' -10-.,
·" R IO - �
I
.

t' _ I·
T7
� : 7 (» 81NOitt0.,' �
r 1f&
�

I !: . ·
_ ___ - -
lec

! .
L
-.m

- -- - - - _j
__ _ ___ _
.
- - - - -, _......., : _...,.... - - -- - ..'!.�. .. _________j_--@'. -:
,
•• .

'
......
t' .
.
. \ �
· .
\. ,

I . . ·· �··t
·
\' ':" I :: ,. ! _, :_, ,.

.
• ••

' ..... .
'
.E

::--:· ·�··��...-r:
���--:;
.fAr��:- :·:-. ��
·

�t��-. : · .. f..:,.;
J>k,;.,;.-. : .
• /'o �-1,, I •
.
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c

(
(

om
..

•
... • . ... .

.c
'

ls
ua
an
tM
&1 VOLl. �tLAV T $ T r
P'04.t. ..B £ T NOftM� 1- 6
t.·8ET MULT. & · .5
3 . T EST ,. j , . • .
·

u · 1 w,:.:,
I ,_
6. ,

ar
lP
ca
I
\ \!
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM

..
an
ua
ls
.c

(
i
' ·

om
'
\

..
'

"